<%BANNER%>

In Search of a Mathematics Discourse Model

Permanent Link: http://ufdc.ufl.edu/UFE0022872/00001

Material Information

Title: In Search of a Mathematics Discourse Model Constructing Mathematics Knowledge through Online Discussion Forums
Physical Description: 1 online resource (241 p.)
Language: english
Creator: Ortiz-Rodriguez, Madeline
Publisher: University of Florida
Place of Publication: Gainesville, Fla.
Publication Date: 2008

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords: communication, communities, constructionism, discourse, discussion, education, forums, internet, mathematics, polyvocality, qualitative, technology, writing
Teaching and Learning -- Dissertations, Academic -- UF
Genre: Curriculum and Instruction (ISC) thesis, Ph.D.
bibliography   ( marcgt )
theses   ( marcgt )
government publication (state, provincial, terriorial, dependent)   ( marcgt )
born-digital   ( sobekcm )
Electronic Thesis or Dissertation

Notes

Abstract: The purpose of our study was to examine how participants of a public online mathematics discussion forum collaborated, negotiated, and generated new meaning and understanding through dialogue, intertextuality and polyvocality while constructing undergraduate mathematics knowledge. Our study was conducted under Kenneth Gergen?s theoretical perspective of social constructionism and the methodology and methods proposed by J. P. Gee. Analysis of data included five months of threaded discussions divided into three periods of analysis which gave the researcher the opportunity to develop, review, and refine a preliminary mathematics discourse model. Preliminary mathematics discourse models showed how participants engaged in dialogues that included specific activities and connections. Data also showed how participants used common language and mathematical symbols to communicate, the state of mind of the forum participants (social identity), the relationships they engaged in, and how they resolved their mathematical questions, problems, and inquiries.
General Note: In the series University of Florida Digital Collections.
General Note: Includes vita.
Bibliography: Includes bibliographical references.
Source of Description: Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page.
Source of Description: This bibliographic record is available under the Creative Commons CC0 public domain dedication. The University of Florida Libraries, as creator of this bibliographic record, has waived all rights to it worldwide under copyright law, including all related and neighboring rights, to the extent allowed by law.
Statement of Responsibility: by Madeline Ortiz-Rodriguez.
Thesis: Thesis (Ph.D.)--University of Florida, 2008.
Local: Adviser: Dawson, Kara M.
Local: Co-adviser: Koro-Ljungberg, Mirka E.

Record Information

Source Institution: UFRGP
Rights Management: Applicable rights reserved.
Classification: lcc - LD1780 2008
System ID: UFE0022872:00001

Permanent Link: http://ufdc.ufl.edu/UFE0022872/00001

Material Information

Title: In Search of a Mathematics Discourse Model Constructing Mathematics Knowledge through Online Discussion Forums
Physical Description: 1 online resource (241 p.)
Language: english
Creator: Ortiz-Rodriguez, Madeline
Publisher: University of Florida
Place of Publication: Gainesville, Fla.
Publication Date: 2008

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords: communication, communities, constructionism, discourse, discussion, education, forums, internet, mathematics, polyvocality, qualitative, technology, writing
Teaching and Learning -- Dissertations, Academic -- UF
Genre: Curriculum and Instruction (ISC) thesis, Ph.D.
bibliography   ( marcgt )
theses   ( marcgt )
government publication (state, provincial, terriorial, dependent)   ( marcgt )
born-digital   ( sobekcm )
Electronic Thesis or Dissertation

Notes

Abstract: The purpose of our study was to examine how participants of a public online mathematics discussion forum collaborated, negotiated, and generated new meaning and understanding through dialogue, intertextuality and polyvocality while constructing undergraduate mathematics knowledge. Our study was conducted under Kenneth Gergen?s theoretical perspective of social constructionism and the methodology and methods proposed by J. P. Gee. Analysis of data included five months of threaded discussions divided into three periods of analysis which gave the researcher the opportunity to develop, review, and refine a preliminary mathematics discourse model. Preliminary mathematics discourse models showed how participants engaged in dialogues that included specific activities and connections. Data also showed how participants used common language and mathematical symbols to communicate, the state of mind of the forum participants (social identity), the relationships they engaged in, and how they resolved their mathematical questions, problems, and inquiries.
General Note: In the series University of Florida Digital Collections.
General Note: Includes vita.
Bibliography: Includes bibliographical references.
Source of Description: Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page.
Source of Description: This bibliographic record is available under the Creative Commons CC0 public domain dedication. The University of Florida Libraries, as creator of this bibliographic record, has waived all rights to it worldwide under copyright law, including all related and neighboring rights, to the extent allowed by law.
Statement of Responsibility: by Madeline Ortiz-Rodriguez.
Thesis: Thesis (Ph.D.)--University of Florida, 2008.
Local: Adviser: Dawson, Kara M.
Local: Co-adviser: Koro-Ljungberg, Mirka E.

Record Information

Source Institution: UFRGP
Rights Management: Applicable rights reserved.
Classification: lcc - LD1780 2008
System ID: UFE0022872:00001


This item has the following downloads:


Full Text

PAGE 1

IN SEARCH OF A MATHEMATICS DI SCOURSE MODEL: CONSTRUCTING MATHEMATICS KNOWLEDGE THROUG H ONLINE DISCUSSION FORUMS By MADELINE ORTIZ-RODRGUEZ A DISSERTATION PRESENTED TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF FLOR IDA IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA 2008 1

PAGE 2

2008 Madeline Ortiz-Rodrguez 2

PAGE 3

To my husband, Arturo Bird-Carmona, and our children, Maniel Bird-O rtiz and Nianti BirdOrtiz. Their constant support and validation have been invaluable. 3

PAGE 4

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My dissertation journey started much before the beginning of my coursework or the preparation of the proposal. My immediate fam ily always supported and encouraged me to continue studying. My colleagues at the Inter American University of Puerto Rico also pushed me to continue my post-graduate studies and to fulfill my dream of completing a doctoral degree. I especially want to thank Prof. Wanda Ortiz -Carrin, Dr. Julie Bruch, and Prof. Edna Muoz. I also want to thank my committee chair, Dr. Kara Dawson, and committee methodologist, Dr. Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, as well as to my co mmittee members, Dr. Richard Ferdig and Dr. Ricky Telg, for their time and support. Thei r thoughtful recommendati ons, suggestions, and encouragement are embedded in this dissertation. Special thanks goes to Whitney Waechter for her enormous editorial assistance, making this project read in E nglish instead of in Spanish-like English. I am also grateful to Angie Coln, MLS, the Center of Information Access Director, at the Inter American Univ ersity of Puerto Rico in Fajardo, and to Dr. Iris M. Gmez for proofreading mathematics technica l descriptions included in this dissertation. We all worked together and collaborated to complete this proj ect. Their help has made possible the completion of this work. Finally, I want to acknowledge the economic support of the Inter American University of Puerto Rico that made possible my stay at Gainesville, Florida during the first four years of this journey. There is always a group of people that help you fulfill your goals. Sometimes they are behind the scenes and invisible to most observers. However, they are around you, with you, in your thoughts, and in your heart. They support you in so many ways beyond your studies. They become your support group and help you keep going forward. I thank Winnie Cook, for believing in me when I started at UF, allowing me to tutor math. I thank my friend Dina Mayne who became my lunch buddy and someone with whom to talk. I thank her for hearing me and 4

PAGE 5

sharing the little free time she had. I thank my sister, Lourdes Ortiz-Houman, who supported and encouraged me since the first day I got to Florid a, allowing me to feel at home even though I was so far away from Puerto Rico. And I thank my husband and my kids, who have always believed in me. Their love is in my heart and keeps me warm wherever I go. And I thank everyone else who in one way or another helped me maintain focus on my studies. The distance between our dreams and our goals is as big or as small as the time and commitment we put into reaching them. We are part of a whole where ever we go: at home, work, or school. We become part of a commun ity and serve that community in one way or another. Without it, well be lost. Thats why I want to thank all my professors and classmates, as well as my supervisors and co-workers. Together, with my immediate family, they were part of my community during my time in Gainesville allowing me to fulfill this goal. Finishing my dissertation is our accomplishment. 5

PAGE 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS page ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ............................................................................................................... 4LIST OF TABLES .........................................................................................................................10LIST OF FIGURES .......................................................................................................................11ABSTRACT ...................................................................................................................... .............12CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ ..13Purpose ....................................................................................................................... ............16Significance of the Study ........................................................................................................17Research Question ..................................................................................................................19Definition of Terms ................................................................................................................19Delimitations ................................................................................................................. ..........202 REVIEW OF LITERATURE .................................................................................................21Using Technology in Mathematics Education ........................................................................23Writing in Ma thematics ........................................................................................................ ..28Communication in Mathematics Learning .............................................................................37Using Discussion Forums ................................................................................................37Discussion Forums Research in Mathematics Education ................................................39Communities of Practice .........................................................................................................44Interaction and Cooperation ............................................................................................45Interaction, Negotiation, and Collaboration ....................................................................46Communities of Practice in Mathematics ........................................................................47Summary ....................................................................................................................... ..........493 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH FOUNDATIONS ..................................................................52Qualitative Research Fundamentals .......................................................................................54Qualitative Research Approach ..............................................................................................55Epistemology: Constructionism ..............................................................................................56Theoretical Perspective: Social Constructionism ...................................................................57Social Constructionism in Edu cation: Alternative Pedagogies .......................................58Reflexive deliberation ..............................................................................................59Polyvocal pedagogy .................................................................................................59Collaboration ............................................................................................................60Summary ..................................................................................................................61 6

PAGE 7

Social Constructionism Assumpti ons and Mathematics Knowledge ..............................61Knowledge is socially constituted ............................................................................62Linguistic signals, expe rience, and culture ..............................................................63Verification of theory through re search is rendered suspect ....................................64Subjectivity Statement ............................................................................................................65Research Setting .............................................................................................................. .......67The Math Forum @ Drexel Web Site .............................................................................68History of the Math Forum @ Drexel .............................................................................68The Math Forum @ Drexel Services ...............................................................................69alt.math.undergrad Discussion Group .............................................................................71Reflections about the Pilot Study ...........................................................................................72Lessons Learned through the Pilot Study ........................................................................74Criticisms .................................................................................................................... .....754 METHODOLOGY AND METHODS ...................................................................................82Discourse Analysis Methodology ...........................................................................................82Gees Discourse Analysis Method ..........................................................................................87Working with Transcriptions ...........................................................................................88Building Tasks .................................................................................................................89Inquiry Tools ...................................................................................................................90Discourse Models ............................................................................................................92Reviewing the Preliminary Discourse Model ..................................................................92To Summarize .................................................................................................................9 3Data Collection Procedures ....................................................................................................93Data Analysis Process in this Dissertation Project .................................................................95Questioning the Data .......................................................................................................97Application of Gees Disc ourse Analysis Method ..........................................................97Validity in Qualitative Research .............................................................................................9 9Limitations ................................................................................................................... .........1045 CONSTRUCTING MATHEMATICS KNOWLEDGE THROUGH ONLINE COLLABORATION ............................................................................................................110Preamble ...................................................................................................................... .........110Introduction to Augusts Data ..............................................................................................111Part 1: Analysis of Ac tivities and Connections ....................................................................113Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction ..........................................................113Setting: Use of time, space, and characters ............................................................113Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions ........................................................114Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation ...............................................................118Augusts Coda(s): Additional Information ....................................................................129Part II: Analysis of Sign System s, Knowledge, and Identities .............................................130Symbols of Common Language and Mathematics Notation .........................................130Identities of the Fo rum Participants ..............................................................................133Moving toward a Discourse Model: Summ ary of Augusts Da ta Analysis .........................134 7

PAGE 8

6 NEGOTIATING MATHEMATICS MEANING AND UNDERSTANDING ....................141Introduction to Septembers and Octobers Data .................................................................141Part I: Analysis of Ac tivities and Connections .....................................................................142Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction ..........................................................142Setting: Use of time, space, and character..............................................................143Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions ........................................................143Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation ...............................................................147Septembers and Octobers Coda(s): Additional Information .......................................153Part II: Analysis of Identities ................................................................................................155Reviewing the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model .................................................1587 GENERATING NEW MEANING AND UNDERSTANDINGTHROUGH ONLINE POLYVOCAL COLLABORATION ...................................................................................168Introduction to Novembers and Decembers Data ..............................................................168Part I: Analysis of Ac tivities and Connections .....................................................................169Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction ..........................................................169Setting: Use of time, space, and character..............................................................169Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions ........................................................172Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation ...............................................................176Novembers and Decembers Coda(s): Additional Information ...................................184Part II: Analysis of Identities and Relationships ..................................................................187Refining the Preliminary Math ematics Discourse Model ....................................................1918 CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................................. .197Summary of Major Findings .................................................................................................198Identity of Participants ..................................................................................................198Sign Systems or Alternative Ways to Communicate ....................................................199Activities Related to Mathematics Cognitive Development .........................................200Activities Related to Affective and Emotional Support ................................................202Connections Within, Between, and Among the alt.math.undergrad Forum Threads ...204Connections to Other Resources outside the Math Forum @ Drexel ...........................205In Summary ...................................................................................................................205Implications and Recommendations .....................................................................................207Recommendations for Practice ......................................................................................208Recommendations for Research ....................................................................................209Conclusions ...........................................................................................................................210APPENDIX A PILOT STUDY ................................................................................................................. ....212Using Public Discussion Forums to Construct Mathematics Knowledge ............................212Review of Literature .............................................................................................................213 8

PAGE 9

Methodology ................................................................................................................... ......216Participants .................................................................................................................. ..217Researcher .................................................................................................................... .218Procedure ..................................................................................................................... ..219Results ...................................................................................................................................219Case of the Integral ........................................................................................................220Trigonometric Identity Case ..........................................................................................220Discussion .................................................................................................................... .........221References .................................................................................................................... .........222LIST OF REFERENCES .............................................................................................................224BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH .......................................................................................................241 9

PAGE 10

LIST OF TABLES Table page 2-1. Domains of discourse in mathematics ....................................................................................51 3-1. Math Forum @ Drexel web site resources by section. ..........................................................78 3-2. Data summary for October 2004: Threads with 10 to 25 postings .........................................79 3-3. Parts of a story with higher-order structure ............................................................................81 5-1: General description of th readed discussions in August ........................................................136 6-1. General description of threaded di scussions in September and October ..............................161 6-2. Web resources referenced to in the threaded discussions of September and October data ..162 6-3. Closing message topics of September and October data ......................................................163 7-1. General description of threaded di scussions in November and December ..........................193 7-2. Connecting the discussion forum with ot her math resources (from Novembers and Decembers Data) ............................................................................................................194 7-3. Use of direct and indirect questions in the opening posts of the threads..............................195 10

PAGE 11

LIST OF FIGURES Figure page 2-1. Software types used to construct knowledge in mathematics ................................................50 4-1. Components of an ideal discourse analysis ..........................................................................108 4-2. Inquiry tools used in Gees discourse analysis .....................................................................109 5-1. Radius of an arc tree. Each color represents a differe nt participant. ................................137 5-2. Integrate!!! tree. ..................................................................................................... ...........138 5-3. Graph of 3^x=y .....................................................................................................................139 5-4. Writing the discourse model .............................................................................................. ...140 6-1. Graph planarity tree.. ................................................................................................. .......164 6-2. Finding derivative tree. .....................................................................................................165 6-3. Consecutive terms tree.. ............................................................................................... .....166 6-4. Logs tree.. ............................................................................................................ ..............167 11

PAGE 12

Abstract of Dissertation Pres ented to the Graduate School of the University of Florida in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy IN SEARCH OF A MATHEMATICS DI SCOURSE MODEL: CONSTRUCTING MATHEMATICS KNOWLEDGE THROUGH ONLINE DISCUSSION FORUMS By Madeline Ortiz-Rodrguez December 2008 Chair: Kara Dawson Cochair: Mirka Koro-Ljungberg Major: Curriculum and Instruction The purpose of our study was to examine how participants of a public online mathematics discussion forum collaborated, negotiated, a nd generated new meaning and understanding through dialogue, intertextuality and polyvocality while construc ting undergraduate mathematics knowledge. Our study was conducted under Kenneth Gergens theoretical pers pective of social constructionism and the methodology and methods proposed by J. P. Gee. Analysis of data included five months of threaded discussions divided into three periods of analysis which gave the researcher the oppo rtunity to develop, review, and refine a preliminary mathematics discourse model. Preliminary mathematics discourse models show ed how participants engaged in dialogues that included specific activities and connections Data also showed how participants used common language and mathematical symbols to communicate, the state of mind of the forum participants (social identity), the relationships they engaged in, and how they resolved their mathematical questions, problems, and inquiries. 12

PAGE 13

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Only dialogue, which requires critical thinking, is also cap able of generating critical thinking. Without dialogue there is no communication, and without communication there can be no true education. Paulo Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed (1970, p. 81) Teaching and learning is going through a continuous process of change that since the twentieth century can be thought of as a digital revolution (Robl yer, 2003). This revolution has influenced schools and colleges as well, including the teaching and learning of mathematics at all levels. However, this digital revo lution is not a panacea in education. The impact on education of the use of computers, networks, and the Intern et has been widely criticized (Oppenheimer, 1997, 2003; Bains, 1997; Postman, 1992, 1995; and Stoll, 2000) Nevertheless, it is research in theory and practice which can document the integrati on of new technologies into the educational environment, while helping to answer many of the questions posed by critics and teachers. Changes in education are not new; they ha ve occurred throughout hi story. In the 1800s, for example, teaching and learning incorporated the use of correspondence courses in addition to the existing traditional face-to-face e ducation. Later, in the twentieth century, digital alternatives became available to society and rapidly ma de their way into the educational setting. The World Wide Learn (2005) indicated that digital environments in education continue to increase in every subject matter The use of computers, networks, and the Internet has changed schools and colleges environment as well, allowing for mo re student-centered ac tivities (Knowlton, 2000), different types of interaction (Moore, 1989; Gunawardena, Lowe, & Anderson, 1997), and different types of communication (Morrison & Guenther, 2000; Berge, 2000; Weiss, 2000; and Hacker & Niederhauser, 2000). Research by the Alliance for Higher Education Competitiveness has indicated that quality in online learning experiences is about teachi ng strategies and not technology (Abel, 2005). That is, software and hardware acquisition is not enough; inservice 13

PAGE 14

computer training that focuses on classroom integration technology strategies (Dawson, 1998, p.2), as well as research about formal and informal communities of learners, can make a difference in education. New technological resources in communication and networ king provide students and teachers with the opportunity to study, explore, collaborate, and investigate while joining together in virtual communities of learners. St udents and teachers can communicate regularly via synchronous and asynchronous electronic tools that enable sending and re ceiving feedback in a timely fashion (Berge, 2000; Wheeler, 2002). Togeth er, they become part of a community of learners (Lock, 2002) in which the distance from the educational institution to the students location is no longer a limitation to acqui ring and constructing new knowledge (Simonson, Smaldino, Albright, & Zvacek, 2003). Virtual communities include peopl e from different places and countries where spatial and temporal boundaries are entirely symboli c (Shumar & Renninger, 2002, p. 6). These communities are created and maintained thr ough the use of synchronous and asynchronous communication tools (Lock, 2002) that help devel op environments sustained by the interaction of their members. Synchronous communication tools are used at the same time from different places; examples of such include the use of chat rooms and videoconferences (Simonson, Smaldino, Albright, & Zvacek, 2003). Asynchronous communication occurs at different times and different places and includes tools such as email, discussion forums, and list-serves (Simonson, Smaldino, Albright, & Zvacek, 2003). Gilbert and Moore (1998) and Wagner (1994, 1997) defined interact ion as an interplay and exchange of ideas in which individuals and groups collaborate with each other (as cited in Roblyer & Ekhaml, 2000). Different types of in teractions include lear ner-content, learner14

PAGE 15

instructor, learner-learner, (Moore, 1989), and learner-interfa ce (Hillman, Willis, & Gunawardena, 1994). Researchers suggested that through interaction, it is possible to promote critical thinking, higherorder thinking, distributed thinking, a nd constructive thinking (Berge & Muilenburg, 2001) (as cited in Tu and Corry, 2003, p. 309) to provide an emotional, supportive space in which to share and find information (Ste in & Glazer, 2003), to de velop a sense of being self-directed while taking res ponsibility for learning (Lee & Gibs on, 2003), and to interact with others while constructing knowledge be yond independent means (Vygotsky, 1978). An asynchronous online communication tool, th e discussion forum is a tool where people interested in the same topic or subject matter can interact with each other by asking questions, giving answers, and clarifying ideas. It is through this interaction that users develop a reciprocal communication system, one that emphasize[s] le arner developments in cognition, motivation, and social advancement (Chou, 2004, p. 11). This process allows discussion forum participants to develop new skills and construct new knowle dge (Hacker & Niederhauser, 2000). Gilbert and Moore (1998) also stated that social rapport and collaboration c ould lead to grea ter levels of interaction (as stated in Roblye r, 2000). In this way, a cyclical relationship takes place between collaboration and increased interaction and vice-versa. Discussion forums can be classified as privat e or public digital spac es. The latter are not password protected or restrict ed for members of a specific organization or in stitution. Anyone with access to an Internet connect ion can log into a public discussion forum to post a message at any time and from any place. It is this flexibility that allows participants to contribute to and to be part of a larger community of learners. An example of such a public environment is The Math Forum @ Drexel This electronic space began as a project to produce compute r-generated videotapes (Dawning, 1997, first 15

PAGE 16

16 paragraph) and later developed into the Ge ometry Forum (in 1992). This dynamic community continued to grow under the leadership of Sw arthmore College in Pennsylvania (Grandgenett, 2001). Students, teachers, research es, parents, and math enthusia sts can benefit of the tools provided by this environment. It promotes interaction between th ese groups through the availability of chat rooms and discussion forums. It also houses bibliographies related to math education for teachers and researchers, as well as journal abstracts, articles, and other teaching and learning resources. Research about the use of discussion forums in mathematics education is scarce and contradictory. Thus this study tr ies to clarify how knowledge construction takes place in such environments. To do so it examines writing in online asynchronous learning in combination with informal learning environments. That is, comm unities of practice where more knowledgeable others engage in collaborative pr actices with mathematics learners. Purpose Our study connected research from four general areas of study: technology use in mathematics, writing in mathematics, comm unication in mathematics learning, and online communities of practice. Specifically, written communications in an online public discussion forum were examined to describe and analy ze how mathematics knowledge was constructed. The purpose of this study was to examine th e types of online dialogues and discursive collaboration that took place in an online public di scussion forum that faci litated the construction of mathematics knowledge, meaning making, a nd understanding. Construction of knowledge was defined from a social constructionist perspe ctive (Chapter 3). Data analysis was based on Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis methods (Chapter 4).

PAGE 17

Significance of the Study The use of discussion forums has been research ed in terms of their relationship to distance learning, online courses, and ble nded courses (a combination of face-to-face learning and online courses) (Wegerif, 1998; Prez-Prado and Thir unarayanan, 2002; Kanuka, Collet, & Caswell, 2002; Da Silva, 2003; Lee & Gibson, 2003; Woods & Ebersole, 2003; Knowlton, 2003; Schallert, et al., 2003-2004; Fe rdig and Roehler, 2003-2004; Je tton, 2003-2004; Im & Lee, 20032004). However, most research studies focus on s ubject matter that is traditionally considered language-based. Only a few studies have looked at the use of discussion forums in mathematics education. For example, Sener (1997) examined the use of asynchronous environments in a distance education science engineering degree that included mathematics courses. Sliva (2002) looked at an online discussion forum in a hybrid math ematics elementary methods course. Smith, Ferguson, and Caris (2003) studied mathematics in structors experiences at the undergraduate college level in an online discussion-based e nvironment. Lotze (2002) analyzed tutoring effectiveness. Bolin (2003) studied differe nt communication tools and their impact in mathematics learning. Quinn (2005) looked at mathem atics identity. Nevertheless, none of these studies examined the types of dialogue and discursive collaboration occu rring in an online public discussion forum. Nor had they examined how pa rticipants co-constructed knowledge about high school mathematics, and first and second year un dergraduate mathematics, or at how informal mathematics learning could contribute to knowle dge construction. These st udies did not analyze empirical accounts of discursive collaboration, where relati onships between people assuming different roles are described (Satwicz & Stevens, 2008). Sharma and Hannifin (2004) have also identi fied the need for further research about mathematics and technology in informal environments. They stated, 17

PAGE 18

Exploring the impact of differe nt technologies and tools used by learners to develop their learning in informal environments can a llow for more systematic and controlled introduction of informal technologies into fo rmal educational settings. Equally important, such exploration may allow identification of appropriate combinations of structured scaffolding and less structured learning activit ies to support different types of learning. (p. 204) In this way, this study extended the research base beyond language-b ased courses, beyond the point of view of the instructors, beyond formal learning, and beyond prescriptive research. Finally, this research could have implications on mathematics distance education, not only for undergraduate mathematics, but also for math ematics courses offered through virtual schools environments. As Sakshaug (2000) concluded, Distance education is a growing area of instructional delivery. More schools are offering distance education course s than ever before. Mathematics educators must explor e this venue of teaching in order to have input about what and how mathematics is taught (p. 122). Nevertheless, few researches have been conducted in this area. One way to contribute to these needs is to research a public digital space such as The Math Forum @ Drexel where a community of learners al ready exists and where mathematics knowledge is already being constructed through discussion forums (Renninger & Shumar, 2002). Such a study can inform communication and commun ity building as well as informal learning in mathematics. In the Math Forum @ Drexel, participants use text to pose questions and answers, give feedback, recommend resources, and find solu tions. As its participants interact with each other in a text-based environment, they become active learners, reflect about the problems posed, take time to reply, and collaborate with each other to develop new knowledge. In the Math Forum @ Drexel, users appear to be able to communicate effectively and to help each other develop new meanings and understanding. This study will examine how this happens. 18

PAGE 19

Research Question This research will study the following questio n: How does online dialogue and discursive collaboration facilitate the co-c onstruction of knowledge in high school and fi rst and second year undergraduate mathematics via a discussion forum named alt.math.undergrad in the Math Forum @ Drexels web site? This study analyzed digital archived data, a collection of primary sources organized as threaded discussion, available through the Web (Bolick, 2006). It examined how participants in the discussion forum constructed mathematics knowledge during the academic semester of August through December of 2004. Definition of Terms Discussion forums: asynchronous online communicati on tools where a group of people interested in the same topic or subject matte r interact with each other by posting questions, answers, or both (Simonson, Sm aldino, Albright, & Zvacek, 2003). Public discussion forum: discussion forums that are accessed freely through the Internet. Community of learners: group of people who share a common goal or objective and help each other to fulfill this goal (L ave & Wenger, 1991; Rogoff, 1994). High school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics courses: mathematics courses geared toward freshm an and sophomore students, including General Math, College Algebra, Trigonometry, Elementary Statistics, Pre-Calcul us, Calculus I, and Discrete Mathematics. Voluntary participation: self-initiated posting by help -seeking individuals or more knowledgeable others of a writte n contribution to the discussi on forum that can include but is not limited to asking or answering a que stion, giving a hint, or adding comments. Discursive collaboration: when a group of people create meaning together through language to develop shared meaning (Satwi cz & Stevens, 2008). According to Maye (2003), collaboration may take place in voluntary study groups and in consultation with professors, teaching assistants, and tutors. In this study, collaborati on takes place in an online public discussion forum be tween voluntary participants. Social constructionism of knowledge: discourse that leads to meaning-making or generation of new understandings (Gergen, 1999). This research analyzes written discourse. 19

PAGE 20

Informal learning environments: learning spaces outside th e classroom with no grades attached. According to Offer (2007), informal sources include peers, friends, and family members. However, in this research, sources may include more knowledgeable others that may or may not be known by help-seeking individuals. Delimitations The following boundaries were established in order to conduct this research: 1. This study will analyze the postings to the public discussion forum alt.math.undergrad located in The Math Forum @ Drexel (http://www.mathforum.org). 2. alt.math.undergrad includes questions and answers from different mathematical topics, but only those threads related to high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics as defined above will be examined. 3. The number of postings in each threaded discus sion varies in terms of participation, from fewer than five to more than 100. In this research, threads with 10 to 25 posting were selected for analysis. Each thread is a discussi on about a specific topic or question that can be subdivided into several conversations or storie s. These conversations can have two or more postings each. A complete story can include six sections; these are setting, catalyst, crisis, evaluation, resolution, and coda (Gee, 2005). 4. The time period selected for study is one academ ic semester which took place from August to December of 2004. 5. Transcripts were developed by the resear cher and reviewed by committee members. 20

PAGE 21

CHAPTER 2 REVIEW OF LITERATURE Those who have studied the use of technology in mathematics teaching and learning have noted that technology mediates learning. That is, learning is different in presence of technology. K. Heid, Technology-Supported Mathematics Learning Environments (2005, 67th NCTM Yearbook, p. 348) Technology in education opened a new field in educational research studies which included analyzing and exploring the impact of audiovisual tools, instructional systems, vocational techniques, and computers on teach ing and learning processes (Roblyer, 2003). However, research in educational technology is no t about the tools or gadgets themselves (Clark, 1983; Kozma, 1991). Instead, it is about how both the old and the new can be used to develop meaning and understanding; it is about how these new tools and techniques can help students learn in a society that is always changing. Learning environments are organized in different ways. One such distribution is presented by Rogoff (1994), where she summar ized instructional approaches around three models: adult-run, child-run, and communities of learners. The first two organized learning activities from top-to-bottom and from bottom-up, respectively. In adult-run instruction, the teacher makes all the decisions, and the purpose of education is the transmission of knowledge. This type of education is base d on behaviorist principles, one of its major proponents being B. F. Skinner (Lever-Duffy, McDonald, & Mizell, 2 003). According to Rogoff (1994), the child-run model has children constructing knowledge on their ow n; adults only contribu te to their learning by setting up learning environments. One of the proponents of this model was A. S. Neill, an English teacher who founded Summerh ill, a school where children gr ew in liberty and learned as much as they wanted (Neill, 1963; Hemmings, 1975). 21

PAGE 22

The third instructiona l model proposed and supported by Rogoff (1994), the communities of learners model, is based on participatory theories, where learners collaborate with each other and where learning is the resu lt of a process of interaction conducive to transformation. As Rogoff stated, this model is not a balance between adult-run and child-run instruction; it is a different type of mode l. In informal learning environments, more knowledgeable others support those in need of sp ecific help. Roles are not static, however, and they will change at different times. According to Rogoff, Lave, and Wenger, however, informal learning environments can also promote the development of authentic communities of practice, where people with similar goals and interests interact and construct new knowledge (Rogoff & Lave, 1984; Lave, 1991, 1996; Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 2001; Rogoff, 1994). Even more, Resnick (1987) suggested there is a need to br ing together formal lear ning (schooling based on individual performance) and informal le arning (based on soci al interactions). This dissertation investigated a community of learners ma de possible through the use of asynchronous communication, over th e Internet, where informal interaction took place through written communication. In this envi ronment, participants were located in different places and contributed at different times. The use of an asynchronous environment in mathematics learning was explored, specifically an online public di scussion forum, where informal mathematics learning took place. This dissertation examined a text-based website, which allowed its users to construct mathematics knowledge through disc ourse while interacting, collaborating, and negotiating outside of the school setting. It focused on the genera tion of transformative written dialogue whose end result was the development of new mathematical understandings and knowledge. More specifically, this dissertation explored the use of an online public discussion 22

PAGE 23

forum as it related to high school and college first and second year undergraduate mathematics topics and the construction of knowledge developed through informal dialogues. The next sections will present a review of related topics. These include (1) using technology in mathematics education, (2) wri ting in mathematics, (3) communication in mathematics learning, and (4) onl ine communities of practice. Using Technology in Mathematics Education The use of technological devices, gadgets, or machines in mathematics is as old as mathematics itself. From the use of pebbles to count to the use of digital technologies to visualize concepts and communicat e ideas, technology has always played an important role in mathematics education (Dilson, 1968). The use of computers in mathematics dates from the second half of the twentieth century, becoming popular in sc hools in the 1970s and 1980s with mainframe computer systems and stand-alone personal computers used mostly for computerassisted instruction (Roblyer, 2006). The advent of the Web at the end of the 1980s allowed its users in the following decade to share inform ation and to communicate in synchronous and asynchronous environments in an easier way. These new Internet tools also permitted building virtual communities of learners throughout the world. The following pages analyze research about th e use of computers in mathematics teaching and learning. First, a series of articl es by Crowe and Zand (2000a, 2000b, and 2001) and a master thesis by Morley (2007) researching the use of instructiona l technologies in mathematics are reviewed. As it will be shown in the follo wing paragraphs, Crowe and Zand studied the use of computers from a comprehensive perspective and Morley developed a mathematics computer vision. Next, research by Samantha, Peressini, an d Meymaris (2004) exploring effective learning environments in mathematics supported by t echnology are assessed. Lastly, Galindos (2005) 23

PAGE 24

and Roses (2001) studies showing how the Intern et was used as a source of information and communication will be reviewed. Crowe and Zand (2000a, 2000b, and 2001) researched and summarized computer use in mathematics by collecting data from British, American, and Australian universities. They developed a taxonomy of computer uses in mathem atics that included three general categories: (1) the use of productivity tools (such as sp readsheets), (2) the us e of general purpose mathematics software (such as Mathlab, Maple and Mathematica ), and (3) the use of information tools. The taxonomys second category was subdivided into two general subcategories: first, the use of didactic software packages, and second doing mathematics software. Under didactic software packages, Crowe and Zand included the use of multimedia and assessment. These were tools containing computer-assisted instruction so ftware used to complement instruction. The second subcategory, doing mathematics software included the use of programming languages, often associated with developing problem solvi ng skills in mathematics (Papert, 1980). Doing mathematics software included the study of skills that allowed students to choose a particular procedure to solve a problem (Schoenfeld, 1989, as cited in Shield and Galbraith, 1998). This category also included geometric visualizati on and algebraic manipul ation software, both generally used to help students concep tualize abstract ideas (Figure 2-1). When analyzing information tools, Crowe a nd Zand (2000b) found that participants used three types of Internet resources: (1) speci fic, including textual ma terials (books, digital libraries, tutorials, web pages) java modules (interactive de monstrations, investigative dynamicenvironments), and other media; (2) general, consisting of reference resources, journals, indices, and math web sites; and (3) dialogic communication to ols, related to online 24

PAGE 25

support and online courses. These indicated that mathematics teaching and learning was possible through verbal communication (encouraging words and discourses), visual communication (graphics use and geometric representations), and the use of symbols (algebraic notation). This classification is similar to the one presented by Stonewater (2002), which he called the Rule of Three for its graphic, numeri c, and algebraic components. Computer-written communication was reported as having more advantages than audio communication (Crowe & Zand, 2000b). According to these authors, the major advantage to computer-written communication is that it lets users have a permanent record of a dialogue, thus allowing them to revisit the same argument fo r different purposes as many times as needed. Written communication, they stated, could be save d in a file, located, accessed, and edited in the same way as any other file (p. 140). They also found that computer-written communication allowed for increased speed of response b ecause students could receive prompt feedback. However, Crowe and Zands investigation did not include the use of communication tools (synchronous or asynchronous) available through the web. Crowe and Zand (2000b) concluded that techno logy has a fundamental role to play, not only in teaching the present curriculum but also in shaping the curriculum of the future (p. 146). This view was supported by Morleys (2007) ma thematics technology vision. In her research, she concluded that Using IT [instructional tech nology] in mathematics in struction can nurture positive attitudes toward mathematics while creati ng critical thinkers and lifelong learners (p. 30). Morley contended that through IT, mathematic al concepts could be studied through multiple representations and that IT could reduce the gap between mathematical concepts and real world data. As new technologies devel op and old ones improve Crowe and Zands conclusions seem to be disputed, still Morleys vision seems to stay the same. 25

PAGE 26

Three examples of mathematics education re search that concentrated on the use of technology to help students develop meaning in mathematics are those of Samantha Peressini, and Meymaris (2004), Galindo (2005), and Rose ( 2001). The first studied th e use of calculators and computers in a learner-centered environment; th e second two explored the use of the Internet as a source of informa tion and collaboration. According to Shamatha, Peressini, and Me ymaris (2004), technology can be used to transform mathematics teaching and learning th rough the development of effective learning environments. These, they stated, included co mmunity-, learner-, knowledge-, and assessmentcentered environments. They also agreed with Crowe and Zands position regarding the use of technology in mathematics education when they concluded that technology-supported activities can work meaningfully in a learning environmen t that research proves effective (p. 378). By taking a different angle, Galindo (2005) also explored the use of computers in mathematics education. He looked at how the In ternet is supporting and helping enhance the learning and teaching of mathematics (p. 241). He listed different types of resources available on the Internet for teachers and students, including real-time data projects, existing data sets from different organizations, and collaborative projects These resources, he stated, can facilitate meaningful collaboration among individuals or groups to support mathematics learning (Galindo, 2005, p. 251). He also added the possibilities of consulting with experts by submitting questions and engaging in conversations and co llaborative interactions. Some collaborative efforts listed by Galindo incl uded web sites such as Conectando las Matemticas a la Vida: Proyecto Internacional [Connecting Mathematic s to Our Lives: International Project] ( http://www.orillas.org/math ), Class2Class ( http://www.mathforum.org/class2class ), and Global Schoolnets Global Schoolhouse Organization ( http://www.globalschoolnet.org/GSH ). 26

PAGE 27

Rose (2001) went a step further, using the Inte rnet as an information gathering resource in a college calculus course. Her goa l was to increase classroom d ialogue, discourse, interaction, reflection, and writing about mathematics (pp. 10-11) while students gathered information about how calculus was used in their particular majors. Students reported they were able to improve their skills in locating information not only about calculus but also about other mathematics topics. Rose also re ported students were able to sp eak of mathematics in a more positive nature and were able to find for themselves its connections to real-world situations to their areas of study and/or pers onal lives (Rose, 2001, p. ix). Rose (2001), Galindo (2005), and Crowe and Za nd (2000b), looked at th e Internet as a source of information and collaborative effo rt. Galindo (2005) and Crowe and Zand (2000b) referenced The Math Forums Ask Dr. Math ( http://mathforum.org/dr.math ), a component of The Math Forum web site that concentrat es on K-12 level problems. Dr. Math is a question-andanswer service for mathematics students and their teachers (Galindo, 2005, p. 254). None of these authors, however, looked at the Discussion Forums section of The Math Forum @ Drexel website, a place to Read, post, browse, search, and subscribe to dozens of discussions, ranging in focus from AP courses and Investigations curricula to history, from policy and news to professional teaching associations, from Sp anish puzzles to software, and more ( The Math Forum @ Drexel 2006). However, the Internet is also a place for formal mathematics learning. The increased number of courses and programs offered online has a direct impact on mathematics education. National reports have pointed to the increas e of distance learning courses and programs, including those that include the teaching and learning of mathematics (Conference Board of Mathematical Sciences (Lutzer, 2000; The Worl d Wide Learn, 2005). In its 2000 report, the 27

PAGE 28

CBMS, an umbrella organization of professional mathematics organizations established in the 1960s, added a new section on distance learning and mathematics for the first time in its history. In addition, the World Wide Learn web site, a directory of higher education online programs, continuously adds new programs and offerings to its list of programs. In 2005, this web site listed more than 25 online programs related to mathematics offered in ten states around the United States. Associations such as the Amer ican Mathematical Asso ciation of Two-Year Colleges (AMATYC) and the Distance Learni ng Committee emphasized the importance of collaboration and communication in online education (AMATYC, 2005). In summary, these authors examined the use of computers in mathematics education in different ways. They also looked at the Internet including its tools and information repository as it related to mathematics learning. They set th e groundwork for the integration of technology in mathematics education. The next section will examine research about writing in mathematics. The introduction will examine the position taken by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Then, different communication domains in mathematics and mathem atics research about cognitive development and writing are examined. To end this section, research studies about writing in mathematics using digital and non-digital one-to-one a nd one-to-many environments are reviewed. Writing in Mathematics Writing in mathematics is an outcome of the 1960s W riting Across the Curriculum movement (Clarke & Waywood, 1993, p. 235). As a result of it, the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), after a major revision of the mathematics curriculum during the 1980s, added communication sta ndards to all grade levels that included talking, reading, and writing components. In their document, Curriculum and Evaluation Standards for School Mathematics (1989), they stated the importance of writing. 28

PAGE 29

For grades K-4: Writing about mathematics, such as describing how a problem was solved, also helps students clarify their thinking and de velop deeper understanding (NCTM, 1989, p. 26). For grades 5-8: Opportunities to explain, conjecture, and defend ones ideas orally and in writing can stimulate deeper understandings of concepts and principles (NCTM, 1989, p. 78). For grades 9-12: All students need exte nsive experience listen ing to, reading about, writing about, speaking about, reflecting on, and demonstra ting mathematical ideas (NCTM, 1989, p. 140). This was ratified by the NCTM in a following edition titled Professional Standards for School Mathematics (NCTM, 1991) It was the NCTMs contention that writing in mathematics was connected to deeper understanding. However, as important as it may be, according to Quinn and Wilson (1997), writing activities are not used consistently in school mathematics (as cited by McIntosh & Draper, 2001). This is also the case in college-level mathem atics. Burton and Morgan (2000) reported that there has been an increase in the recognition of the importance of communication skills in mathematics by professional organizations a nd researchers but that the training of mathematicians does not appear to include any systematic attention to the development of writing skills (p. 448). They critiqued the teachi ng and learning of mathematics, as if its only purpose was filling students head with facts and skills (p. 450) and not initiating students into mathematical communities. In terms of lifelong learning, Gross (1992) indi cated that people needed to develop new kinds of learning, such as the ability to communicate with colleagues around the world via computer bulletin boards (p. 136), to learn with others, and to learn by teaching. He suggested using the Invisible University when referring to the World Wide Web. Gross argued that what 29

PAGE 30

we learn today will be obsolete in five years an d that learning to communicate through different kinds of media is a necessity for the twenty-first century. Most writing in mathematics, according to a study by Pearce and Davison (1988), is incidental and algorithmic. It mimics the teachers presentati ons and includes direct copying and notetaking (sic) (p. 13). In the classroom culture, writing is used for knowledge telling, which is, according to Bruer (1993), related to recitation or routine and mechanical activities. He affirmed, however, that the goal related to writin g activities must be geared toward knowledge transformation, which consists of authentic writing tasks and serving larger communicative purposes. Writing with a purpose is located in the latter type of writing, knowledge transformation, which is a type of writing that includes going back and forth between planning and text (Bruer, 1993, p. 246). These authors agre ed that writing must be more than just repeating what was said in the classroom. The purpose of a written piece implies a cult ural and methodological background that will shape its components (Richards, 1991). In this sense, distinct domains of discourse can be identified in mathematics. According to Richar ds, there are at least f our types of domains: research, inquiry, journal, and school mathematic s (Table 2-1). Richards looked at mathematics as a content area, and his taxonomy is general in scope. However, he sustained that two domains pertain to the teaching and learning of mathematics: the inquiry domain and school mathematics domain. As was stated before by Pearce and Davison (1988), students tend to mimic the teachers presentations, learning by repetition. Richards (1991) called th is writing type the school mathematics discourse and described it as a sequen ce that included three steps: initiation, reply, and evaluation. The problem, he contended, was that it left very little or even no space for 30

PAGE 31

inquiry. Another way of looking at school math ematics was presented by Romberg (1992). He stated that most students are enga ged in traditional settings of instruction instead of authentic instruction; they are led to store up information, knowing what instead of knowing how (p. 52). Inquiry mathematics, where participants engage in dynamic discussions by asking questions, presenting conjectures, listening, re ading, and problem solving, was favored by Richards (1991). He sustained th at it is through reflexivity that participan ts begin to communicate with each other and through collabora tion and negotiation that learners develop meaning together. These activities would help the learners constr uct their own knowledge (Richards, 1991); it is by being active in le arning that students can construct their own knowledge (Romberg, 1992). Developing meaning together by communica ting, collaborating, and negotiating meaning is to Richards (1991) what Vygotsky (1978) referred to as the interpersonal and intrapersonal processes in learning. In order to develop meaning, there is a need to develop inquiry discourse, which includes authentic instruction, engaging in knowing how, interacting, collaborating and negotiating, all of which will be studied in this research. Advocates of writing in mathematics argue th at writing helps the l earner develop deeper understanding (NCTM, 1989, 1991). Activities that e ngage the learner in writing include keeping a math journal during a specific period of time, expository writing, and using writing prompts. The objective of writing, according to Miller an d England (1989), is to focus the students thinking toward a better understa nding of the subject matter (p. 299). It should not be to demonstrate writing ability; inst ead, students should be encouraged to think, reflect, and record (Tichenor & Jewell, 2001). 31

PAGE 32

The benefits of writing were stated by Cook (1995). He indicated that writing will (1) provide the opportunity to restru cture new knowledge, (2) allow the student to review, reiterate, and deepen understanding, (3) enco urage the student to clarify and consolidate new information, and (4) help the student to put in order his/ her thoughts. Dusterhoff (1995) also added that writing helps the student explore, clarify, confirm, and extend hi s/her thinking and understanding (p. 48). Cognitive skills, conducive to understanding, used when writing in mathematics include comparisons, analysis, and synthesis (Miller & E ngland, 1989). By taking these skills one by one and comparing them to the cognitive domain of Blooms Taxonomy, it can be argued that most cognitive levels are covered. In order to make comparisons, basic knowledge needs to be included. To analyze a concept, th e learner needs to break down a whole into its components and find relationships between them. To synthesize, the student will put together separate ideas, producing something new (Bloom, Engelhar t, Furst, Hill, & Krathwohl, 1956). Only two components of Blooms taxonomy ar e missing here: application and evaluation. However, Nahrgang and Peterson (1 986) sustained that the use of journals in mathematics can help students develop intellectual skills such as synthesis, interpretati on, translation, analysis, and evaluation. These skills are us ed in authentic problem solvi ng and writing. Therefore, when learners write in authentic settings, they mostly use higher-level cognitive skills. The following paragraphs present a series of research projects in which writing in mathematics is explored from different domain perspectives, as formulated by Richards (1991) above. These domains include expository writing or school mathematics domain, journal writing, inquiry and research about mathematics. 32

PAGE 33

Writing with the intention to describe or e xplain a mathematical idea was categorized as expository writing by Shield and Galbraith (1998) In a study where expository writing was analyzed during a three month peri od of time, eighth graders were asked to write letters to an imaginary friend (Shield & Galbraith, 1998). Task s included explaining all about a chosen procedure and explaining a mathematical idea to someone who had trouble with it (p. 37). In this study, Shield and Galbraith (1998) made no aim to influence the development of student expository writing in mathematics [although the teachers tried] to stimulate further elaboration through discussion (p. 44). Accordin g to the authors, stude nts wrote their letters using an algorithmic style. That is, a step-by-st ep process, similar to textbook presentations and teaching practices, or what Richards (1991) cal led school mathematics. Shield and Galbraith (1998) concluded that the argument which stated that writing in mathematics promoted deeper understanding was unsupported. They sustained that increasing students meaningfulness in mathematics writing would require the students to show higher levels of thinking about the ideas they present in writing. What Shield and Galbraith (1998) did not cons ider in their conclusi on, however, was that students were writing letters to imaginary fr iends who never answered back. There was no interaction, negotiation, or colla boration between the students a nd their imaginary friends and therefore no need to go beyond the minimum re quirements of the task. Students had no reciprocity and letters were i ndependent from one another. There was no implicit or explicit dialogue in writing letters that would not be answered. The task students were engaged in was not authentic, nor was it inquiry based. Therefore, in this particular re search, the question still remained the same: can writing in mathematics pr omote the development of higher order skills? 33

PAGE 34

In another research by Stone water (2002), students were give n an essay question for their second exam in a college calculus cl ass. They were told to visit with the professor if they had questions about the exercise. This writing exercise was not new to the students, as they had had several writing assignments before and an essay question on their first ex am. The purpose of this research was to identify criteria that discri minated successful from unsuccessful writers in mathematics. As a result, Stonewater (2002) created The Mathema tics Writers Checklist. The essay question analyzed in this research wa s very specific. It asked for definitions and explanations, as well as for the relationship be tween various concepts. In class discussions, topics were addressed fro m a conceptual rather than a procedural approach and problems were represented in three formats: algebraically, numerically, and graphically. According to Stonewater (2002), successful wr iters developed, elaborated, or clarified mathematical descriptions by using examples and mathematical notations and by being careful to address all the components of the exam question. In Richards (1991) domains, this ex ercise will also be classified as school mathematics. Writing in mathematics can help students orga nize, clarify, and reflect on their own ideas (Burns, 2004). Using journal wri ting as a tool in mathematics, Nahrgang and Peterson (1986) and Shield and Galbraith (1998) invited students to reflect on their own learning. Journal writing was studied in secondary math ematics (grades 7-12) (Clarke & Waywood, 1993) and in college mathematics (Loud, 1999; Goss, 1998; DiBartolo, 2000) Researchers purposes were to help students see themselves as active learners while constructing mathematics knowledge through internal dialogue. Clarke and Waywood (1993) believed that th rough journal writing, students were able to engage in cons tructive personal dialogue. Loud (1999) found that students did better when incorporating structured complex writing assignments into course requirements (p. 95). 34

PAGE 35

Goss (1998) found that by writing, students engaged in the construction of mathematics concepts and were able to organize and explain their ideas in a more precise and coherent way. Three types of journal entries were identifie d in the data set collected by Clarke and Waywood (1993): recounting entries, summarizing entrie s, and dialogue entries. This last type of entry was more reflective, including (1) explan ations about how students solved a problem and how new topics were related to old ones, (2) the identification and analysis of difficulties, and (3) questioning themselves and asking for help. In th is research, interacti on between teacher and students was limited. Still, Clar ke and Waywood (1993) conclude d that students actively constructed mathematics through writing. The categor ies they chose to divide students entries presented a continuum of students understanding of mathematics. Recounting was classified at the lowest level; that was where students described mathematics. Summarizing implied the capacity of grouping together and integrating mathematical con cepts, and dialogue was at the highest level, where learners created and shaped mathematical knowledge. Shield and Galbraiths (1998) research about expository writing had students write without interacting with others, but Cl arke and Waywoods (1993) resear ch about journal writing had students not only recounting and su mmarizing, but also engaging in personal dialogues. In the latter research, students had a chance to go back and reread what th ey had written before in their journals. This allowed students to move in a learning continuum that started with recounting and summarizing and ended with the engagement of pe rsonal dialogues; they we re able to reflect on and transform their own knowledge. Through jour nal writing, Clarke and Waywoods students engaged in what Bruer (1993) called an authentic writing task. Clarke and Waywoods (1993) research also supported Pearce a nd Davisons (1988) argument indi cating that writing can lead to a deeper understanding and improve d mastery of a topic (p. 6). 35

PAGE 36

A study that engaged second graders and elem entary education majors (undergraduate students) in a pen pal exercise during a 13 w eeks period studied collaborative writing in mathematics (Tichenor & Jewell, 2001). College students emailed letters to the students through the college professor and classroom teacher. Lett ers included open-ended questions and sentence prompts for the kids. In return, second graders me t individually with their teacher to discuss what they would write about and used the computer to answer questions, complete sentences, and ask math questions of their pen pals. According to Tichenor and Jewell (2001) writing also helped preservice teachers [gain] a better understanding of how children learn, think, feel, and write (p. 304). The authors indi cated that second graders fe lt their math performance was better because of the keypal experience (p. 305) and that teachers developed a deeper understanding of teaching and learning (p. 306). The Tichenor and Jewell (2001) study is an example of how writing in school mathematics can e ngage students in discourse, even if they are from different levels and from remote locations. It also exemplifies the use of technology as an aid in developing communication skills and a community of practice. In Louds (1999) research, students attitudes toward mathem atics positively changed after having written experiences in a college calculus course. DiBartolos (2000) research also found similar outcomes when studying formal and inform al writing in a college mathematics course and when evaluating students written responses to test questions in Set Theory, Combinatory, Probability, and Statistics ( p. 101). Furthermore, by writing a bout the importance of calculus and mathematics in their majors, college stude nts were able to thi nk, reflect, understand, find relevancy, and learn new mathematics (Rose, 2001). In summary, according to the research cite d above, writing had a positive impact on students performance and attitudes toward math ematics. Writing in mathematics was researched 36

PAGE 37

using individual activities such as expository writing, essay writing, journal writing, research paper writing, and pen pal activities. In most cases, writing allowed stude nts to reflect on their work and engage in the development of higher order skills. Communication in Mathematics Learning Traditionally, communication in mathematics was initiated by the teacher with little input from the students. Nevertheless, changes in teaching and learning paradigms opened new windows of possibilities to teac hing and learning mathematics. The use of computers and Internet communication tools has revolutioni zed the way people communicate and the way courses are imparted (from face-to-face to hybr id or full online courses). Synchronous and asynchronous communication tools ar e available in many schools, public libraries, and homes. The first happens at the same time, although not always from the same place. The second takes place at different times and usua lly from different locations. Common types of digital asynchronous tools are email, discussion forums, blogs with comments, and wikis. Emails are one-to-one or one-to-many electroni c communications that allow for personal communications. Discussion forums are mainly one-to-many communications that allow users to engage in high-level discussion by frami ng and presenting ideas, formatting challenging questions for peers, and responding to those questi ons to clarify misconceptions (Hacker & Niederhauser, 2000, p. 55). Using Discussion Forums Regarding the use of discussion forum, most re searchers point to the need to monitor and scaffold students participat ion (Kanuka, Collect, & Caswell, 2002; Tu & Corry, 2003; Wegerig, 1998); to give specific instructions and examples before the discus sions start, including what to do and when to do it (discussion cycles, discussion duration, frequency of participation, depth of discussion) (Knowlton, 2003; Tu & Corry, 2003); to ge nerate an evaluation rubric with specific 37

PAGE 38

criteria together with the stude nts, as to increase collaborati on and self-inclusiveness (Knowlton, 2003); to divide the class into small groups so th at discussions can have more depth (10 to 15 students per group) (Tu & Corry, 2003); and to develop more structured activities at the beginning of its use, moving toward more abst ract activities at the end (Wegerig, 1998). Research continued to develop connecting the use of discussion forums to blended learning environments. A sample of this was pr esented in the Special Issue: Computer-Mediated Communications, published in the Journal of Research on Technology in Education (Winter 2003-2004) edited by Suzanne Wade. Schallert, R eed, et al. (2003-2004) st arted this issue by considering the benefits of com puter mediated discussions in st udents learning. This was a topic addressed from different perspectiv es by all the authors in this issue. Other topics included advantages, disadvantages, demographics, instructors roles, and pedagogical implications when using discussion forums. Shallert, Reed, et al. (2003-2004) stated that discussion forums offer the learner the experience of thinking about an issue and commenting on it while reading others comments a valuable learning experience (p. 111). Ferdig and Roehler (2003-2004) addressed a similar point when they stated, multimedia environments generate higher level questions than students in classes without multimedia (p. 119). Je tton (2003-2004) added that computer-mediated discussions facilitated learning by helping students: (1) make connections, (2) gain multiple perspectives, (3) develop problem solving skills (4) add depth to their ideas, and (5) elicit instructors input. Im and L ee (2003-2004) looked at student-to-student communication as a major tool to in developing a learning community. Ferdig and Roehler (2003-2004) also presented five main advantages of using computermediated discussions. These are interactivity, ac tive learning, teacher/stude nt relationships, an 38

PAGE 39

increase in higher order thinking skills, and flexib ility. The idea of interactivity was associated with collaboration, feedback, guidance, teamwor k, and giving students a vo ice. Active learning was related to reflecting and making connections ; promoting teacher/students relationships; and increasing flexibility, not only by allowing participation any time and from any place, but also by giving learners the time to think and struct ure a response, promoting reflexivity. Fauske and Wade (2003-2004) and Im and Lee (2003-2004) evaluated the instructors role in computer-mediated environment. Fa uske and Wade (2003-2004) identified the following instructors roles: monitori ng discussion, to develop netiquette collaboratively with students (p. 147), determining the appropriate level of structure needed and dire ction (p. 147), modeling responses, and using alternative mo des of communication when needed. Nevertheless, none of these studies is direc tly related to mathematics education. They examine the use of discussion forums from diffe rent pedagogical perspectives unrelated to subject matter or content. This dissertation stud ied the development of th readed discussions in a specific discussion forum, a section of a commun ity of practice, as it related to informal mathematics learning and inquiry learning. Altho ugh these discussions were initiated by a single person, all participants of the forum were able to read, reflect, and reply to the opening post (message). Still, some participants chose to stay in the background rather than actively participate. Discussion Forums Research in Mathematics Education Only a few studies were identified in which discussion forums were used in mathematics education. In the following paragraphs, resear ches concerning lear ning about teaching mathematics are divided into two general categor ies. The first category involves research in which discussion forums were used by pre-service and in-service teachers (Sliva, 2002; Smith, Ferguson, & Caris, 2003). The second category in cludes research in which discussion forums 39

PAGE 40

were used to learn how to do mathematics (Lotze, 2002; Bolin, 2003; and, Quinn, 2005). Only Lotzes (2002) research examined a semi-infor mal mathematics learning environment; that is, tutoring sessions that took place outside of the classroom and to which no grades were attached. Slivas (2002) research inve stigated how discussion forums were used to learn about mathematics. This study examined an onlin e discussion forum in a hybrid mathematics elementary methods course with 20 pre-service elementary teacher candidates (students). Small group discussions explored five different topics related to ma thematics education. These were NCTM Standards, equity, technology in the ma thematics classroom, brain research, and the Massachusetts Comprehensive Assessment System (p. 84). In this research, students were using the discussion forum to learn about teaching mathematics and not to learn how to do mathematics. By using the discussion forum, students bega n to develop community ties; they started thinking as researchers, became more reflec tive, and communicated openly in what they felt was a nonthreatening atmosphere (Sliva, 2002). This experience also allowed students to become more comfortable when using technology (Sliv a, 2002). According to the author, the main implication of this study was th e possibility of developing a comm unity of learners that would provide support to future teachers, thus decrea sing the sense of isolati on many new teachers feel. Nevertheless, a limitation of this research was th at it was conducted using a password-protected asynchronous web-based discussion forum (p. 81 ), and once students finished the semester, they would not have access to the system wh ere previous discussions were located, thus minimizing the opportunities to continue collabor ating and supporting one a nother. This pointed to the need of using public (or open) environm ents with free access over the Web where students could continue developing a mathematical community. 40

PAGE 41

Secondly, research by Smith, Ferguson, and Ca ris (2003) studied how discussion forums were used to learn how to do mathematics from the instructors perspective. The experiences online instructors had in an online, text-based environment were an alyzed. Still, these authors did not analyze students practice. Their goal was to i nvestigate teaching and social issues, as well as differences between face-to-face and online teaching. They interv iewed instructors from a wide spectrum of courses and then focused on mathema tics instructors, following up with an extended sample of mathematics teachers. Mathematics instructors in Smith, Ferguson, and Caris (2003) research showed frustration when using text-based tools that limited their trad itional teaching strategies especially when they needed to communicate with formulas, symbols, and diagrams. They complained about the need for greater precision in th e use of [mathematics] language (p. 41). It seems that instructors wanted to teach the way they were accustomed to on a chalkboard and expressed concern about the discussion forums text-based format. This led Smith, Ferguson, and Caris (2003) to state, The consensus is that current Web-based distance learning environm ents do not adequately support mathematics (p. 49). This study did not report about the teacher s technology skills and experience, which could have an impact on how they used technology to write mathematics in alternative ways. The authors, Smith, Ferguson, and Caris (2003), suggested that there was a need to use new tools that would allow instru ctors to insert formulas and diagrams in an easier way. In addition, they stated, there was a need to consid er the social impact that teaching online had on many of these instructors. New technologies no w include the use of wh iteboards (Glover, D., Miller, D., Averis, D., & Door, V, 2007), which can address some of the limitations presented by Smith, Ferguson and Caris (2003). In fact, Lo tzes (2002) research participants used 41

PAGE 42

whiteboards, video, and audio to communicate. Comparisons are difficult to make, though, because Lotzes participants were students and tutors, and he compared online versus face-toface college tutoring in mathematic s and statistics in an effort to help determine the merits and drawbacks of new technologies. In Lotzes (2002) research, stude nts and tutors were paired and met a total of six times (three face-to-face sessions alternated with three online sessions). He reported that students with high levels of mathematics and technology anxiety where those with greater difficulties. This led Lotze (2002) to report that some students felt frustration, dissatisfaction, and technical problems during the online tutoring sessions. He also report ed that some students needed more training to learn how to use and manipulate writing implemen ts used with the whiteboard. Still, Lotze (2002) concluded (1) that the medium was conduc ive to learning (p. 125), even though it was not perfect, (2) that online tutoring took longe r in time than face-to -face tutoring, (3) that interaction and communication was meaningful, and (4) that lear ning (knowledge construction) could take place in the online tutoring environm ent. Lotze (2002) ended his research hoping for a time when students could communicate with cyb er-tutors at any time and from anywhere. Bolin (2003) planned to use di scussion forums in a hybrid college mathematics course so that all students could communicate and negotiate mathematical meanings with their classmates. Interview data, however, showed the researcher that the students lacked the confidence to participate in this environment, had no time or desi re to participate, or did not know how to write the mathematical symbols that they thought we re essential in writing mathematics. Instead, students preferred to use e-mail to communicate w ith the professor and to keep an e-journal about their meaning making processes, both more personal and individuali zed activities. Bolin (2003) recommended new research to examine the conversations that take place between 42

PAGE 43

professors and students and the extensive, back-and-forth negotia tion of meaning and understanding as they evolve over an extended period of time (p. 108). In Bolins (2003) research, students lack of confidence s eemed to prevent them from becoming part of a community of learners thro ugh the discussion forum because it allowed their peers to see what their mathematical limitations (questions or misconceptions) were. Still, students did ask questions (e-mail), wrote about how to do mathematics (e-mail), and reflected about meaning making in a more personal environment (e-journal). In another study, Quinn (2005) started to addr ess some of Bolins (2003) questions when he studied online experiences and mathematical identity with undergradu ate mathematics online students who volunteered to partic ipate in his study. Participa tion in online communities was examined in relation to self-confidence, mathem atics anxiety, self-concept, and gender. Quinn (2005) analyzed data from synchronous and asynchronous online communication tools and concluded that participating in online communication increased se lf-confidence, reduced anxiety, strengthened mathematics self-concept, and wa s not associated with gender differences. In terms of mathematics identity, Quinn (2005) stated that vol unteers had a relative anonymity when participating in the discussion foru ms that caused a relative comfort. He then recommended studying an environment where student s could use avatars so that they would not have to expose themselves and thei r limitations to their classmates. This supports Palloff and Pratts (1999) idea about the changes that teaching and learning on line have over its participants where teachers or students are no longer at the center of the learning process. Online learning can promote the development of communities of learners. As According to Palloff and Pratt (199 9) stated In the online classr oom, it is the relationships and interactions among people thr ough which knowledge is primarily generated (p. 15). Moore 43

PAGE 44

(1989) added that there is a need for continuous interaction between in structor and student, student and content, and stude nt and student in distance le arning environments. Increased interaction will minimize the sens e of isolation students can feel when studying from remote locations (Moore, 1989). Increased interactions allow students to constitute a community of learners, one that allows participants to colla borate, negotiate, construc t knowledge, and develop understanding (Palloff & Pratt, 1999; Li, 2004; Trentin, 2001; Dunlap, 2004). The instructors resistance in Smith, Fergus on, and Cariss (2003) re search about using discussion forums reflected the changes new te chnologies brought to the way they taught. No longer was the teacher at the center of the lecture; their role had changed to one of a facilitator. A similar case can be seen in Bolin s (2003) study, when students seem to reject discussion forums because of lack of mathematics confidence. Howe ver, Quinns (2005) research points in another direction, one that looks at the positive outcomes related to self -confidence, reduced anxiety, and strengthened mathematics self-concept when using communication tools while learning mathematics. In the next section, communities of practice are furthered examined. Research by Lave (1991, 1996), Wenger (2001), Lave and Wenger (1991) Rogoff and Lave (1984), and others are discussed and related to this research project. Communities of Practice Groups of people with common goals who are sharing ideas, making decisions together, and helping one another constitute a community of learners (Palloff & Pratt, 1999; Stepich & Ertmer, 2003; Trentin, 2001; Fielding, 1996). Together they interact, negotiate, and generate new meanings, taking responsibility for determining what they need to know, and [directing] their activities to effectively research, synthesize, and pres ent their findings (Dunlap, 2004, p. 41). In these environments, members may have di fferent interests, make diverse contributions, 44

PAGE 45

and hold varied viewpoints (Lave & Wenger, 1991, p. 97). In a community of practice (CoP), there is a sense of reciprocal caring that goes beyond individualism (Fielding, 1996). Furthermore, communities of practice are characte rized by social issues of trust, reputation, space, and time that help maintain k nowledge ties (Nichini & Hung, 2002, p. 52). New technologies have enabled the devel opment of communities in which members no longer see each other face-to-f ace. As technology becomes transparent, unproblematic, and integrated into the communitys activities (Lave & Wenger, 1991), different ways of interaction become possible (Moore, 1989; Hillman, Willis, & Gunawardena, 1994). Computer mediatedcommunication tools are used to communicat e with others. These are synchronous and asynchronous communication tools that help establish ties between group members through active participation, even when members of the community are located at remote locations. Recently called social software, they promot e the development of supportive environments, scaffolding learning at different levels and allowing learners to try out ideas and challenge each other (Ferdig, 2007). Also, Web 2.0 tools such as podcasts, blogs, and wikis foster collaboration and sharing among its user s (Boyd & Danielson, 2007). Researchers relate communities of practice to informal learni ng, saying that they are rooted in everyday activities, and that they take place through demonstration, observation, and mimesis (Lave, 1996). Learning in communities of practice is mutual and reciprocal as opposed to formal learning or training that is directive (Trentin, 2001). The development of communities of practice is based on interaction, collabora tion, scaffolding, and negotiati on. The following sub-sections further explain these concepts and present an example of a community of practice. Interaction and Cooperation Interaction is defined as in terplay, an exchange of ideas, and reciprocity of events among individuals (Gilbert & Moor e, 1998; Wagner, 1994, 1997; Roblyer & Ekhaml, 2000). When 45

PAGE 46

interacting with others in face-to-face or online activities, lear ners might assume different roles. In the case of cooperative groups, learners are usually assigned to a sp ecific role, each being responsible for a specific task or part of a problem (Hathorn & Ingram, 2002). Responsibility is divided, and collaboration might be implicit, but not a requirement. In this cooperative group type of setting, interaction can be minimal, occurring at the beginning when tasks are divided among the memb ers of a group. Once everyone knows what to do, communication among members of a group can beco me minimal. Learning, in this setting, is divided into chunks, and there is no need to share what has been learned. The emphasis is placed on the solution or outcome. Interaction, Negotiation, and Collaboration Nevertheless, in collaborative groups, interaction happens over time; it is loose and voluntary (Hathorn & Ingram, 2002, p. 37). Colla boration implies that learning is a shared responsibility where members take responsibil ity for one another (Hathorn & Ingram, 2002, p. 36). It is by articulating and el aborating their understanding a nd by sharing ideas and possible solutions to a problem that learners generate new knowledge (Dunlap, 2004). In collaborative groups, negotiation is the source of learning (Sorensen & Munch, 2004). By maximizing negotiation, in teraction is enabled, and the generation of new learning is facilitated (Sorensen & Munch, 2004). Collabo rative groups act as zones of proximal development (Vygotsky, 1978) where any of its members can perform as a tutor or more knowledgeable other at different times. In th is way, empowerment and ownership of meaning is encouraged (Sorensen & Munch, 2004). To negotiate is to interact with another (one or more people) and to reach an agreement. It implies continuous interaction, going back and forth, until an agreement is reached (Wenger, 2001). It is a process of interpretation and act ion, of making, remaking, thinking and rethinking, 46

PAGE 47

and of participation and comprehension (W enger, 2001). It includes offering access to information, hearing or reading another persons perspectives, explaining why, inviting others to contribute, making others follow the rules, opening spaces for discussion, presenting a new argument or adding to an old one, sharing respons ibilities, confronting others positions and limits, and more (Wenger, 2001). Negotiation faci litates reflection and learning (Wenger, 2001). This is why learning is not the outcome of th e individual mind but that of a participatory framework resulting from social practice (Lav e & Wenger, 1991), that is, from interaction, negotiation, and collaboration. Communities of Practice in Mathematics There are many different kinds of communities of learners in mathematics. Some meet face-to-face every year, and some meet periodically over the Internet or the Web. Three examples of such communities are (1) the Natio nal Council of Mathematic s that groups together mathematics teachers from K-12, mathematics te acher educators, and researchers, (2) the Mathematics American Association that represents mathematics professors, scientists, and investigators, and (3) the American Mathema tical Association of Tw o-Year Colleges which embodies mathematics teachers and professors in small colleges and universities. These associations have the similar characteristic of meeting face-t o-face every year in an annual conference and sharing their wo rk in periodic publications and professional journals. Other communities of mathematics learners m eet online, over the Internet or the Web, or through news groups and email. They might not k now each other personally, but they share ideas and collaborate with each other through electronic means. Two examples of such efforts include the MathViaDistance from Erie Community College in New York and the Math Forum @ Drexel in Pennsylvania. The former is an email li st that communicates to its members by email only, and the latter is a more complex we b site with several online components. 47

PAGE 48

The Math Forum @ Drexel is self-defined as an online community of mathematicians, mathematics teachers and professors, mathematics learners, and enthusiasts. Participants use text-based asynchronous communication tools to pose questions, answer them, give feedback, recommend resources, and find solutions (S humar & Renninger, 2002; Renninger & Shumar, 2002; Galindo, 2005; Crowe & Zand, 2000b). Mathematic s learners interact with each other, become active learners, reflect about the problems posed by others, take time to reply, and contribute to knowledge building in community. On occasions they also watch without participating, following the turns of a discussi on. Although there are limitations present in this environment, participants overcome them and con tinue working together toward the solution of problems. The Math Forum @ Drexel environment is a public web site that can inspire communication and community building in mathem atics. Members are voluntary participants working together in the generation of new know ledge, usually using pseudonyms. The research project presented here will examine one of its many discussion forums, over a period of five months, and how instances of dialogue (inter action, collaboration, and ne gotiation) contributed to knowledge construction in mathematics. More details about this community are included in the next chapter. According to Shamatha, Peressini, and Meymaris (2004) learning through communitycentered activities included students [that] are encouraged and able to articulate their own ideas, challenge those of others, and negotiate deeper meaning along with other learners (p. 263). They proposed that it is through learner-centered activit ies that Students build new knowledge and understanding on what they already know and be lieve (p. 364). These authors indicated that knowledge-centered activities will help students organize what they know, making connections 48

PAGE 49

that will later support planning and strategic thin king. It can be argued th at by being part of a community of learners, students can partake in learne r and knowledge cent ered activities. Summary This chapter reviewed literature related to the use of technology in mathematics education, writing in mathematics, communication in mathematics, and sp ecifically, the use of discussion forums in mathematics education, as well as the development of communities of practice. It examined the concepts related to communities of practice, such as interaction, collaboration, and negotiation. It also connected these topics a nd concepts with the research project presented in this dissertation. The following two chapters look at qualitative research foundations (Chapter 3) and the methodology and methods (Chapter 4) used to develop this study. In the third chapter, you will also find the subjectivity statement, the research setting, and reflections on the Pilot Study. The methods used in this research are based on Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis. These two chapters are then followed by the data analysis (Chapter 5, 6 & 7) a nd conclusion chapters. 49

PAGE 50

Doing Math Didactic Packages Doing Math Software Assessment / Testing Topic or content specific Figure 2-1. Software types used to c onstruct knowledge in mathematics Multimedia packages Audiocassettes and SW Computer graphics Animations, sounds, and pictures Programming Languages Topic or content specific Multimedia packages Geometric visualization Documentary (monologic) Interactive (dialogic) Interactive (dialogic) 50

PAGE 51

Table 2-1. Domains of discourse in mathematics Domain of discourse Communities using this type of discourse Research math Scientists and professional mathematicians Inquiry math Literate adults includes mathematical discussions. Includes engaging in dynamic discussions by asking questions, presenting conjectures, listening, reading, a nd problem solving. Pertains to teaching and learning of mathematics. Journal math Used in publications and papers School math Used by teachers and students. Includes initiation, reply, and evaluation. Pertains to teachi ng and learning of mathematics 51

PAGE 52

CHAPTER 3 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH FOUNDATIONS social analysis should help to generate vocabularies of understand ing that can help us to create our future together. For the construc tionist, the point of soci al analysis is not, then, to get it right about what is happening to us. Rather, such analysis should enable us to reflect and to create. Kenneth J. Gergen, An Invitation to Social Construction (1999, p. 195) For centuries, natural sciences were consider ed objective, a natural place for positivistic research. However, according to Burbules (2000 ), having established a stronger set of common standards of practice, common vocabularies, and common techni ques of inquiry (p. 323) does not mean that physical and natu ral sciences knowledge does not get negotiated and constructed. Constructing knowledge in any discipline is a social process (Restivo, 1983). Accordingly, the study of the social construction of mathematic s knowledge goes beyond a positivistic research approach. The evolution of mathematics education studies was analyzed by Schoenfeld (1994) in the Journal for Research in Mathematics Education In his article A discourse on methods, Schoenfeld showed how the focus of methodology in mathematics educational research changed from a positivist perspective sta tistical in nature (mostly usin g hypothesis testing and regression analysis designs) to a non-st atistical, narrative, process-orie nted methodology (p. 697). This dissertation continues this tr end; it studied knowledge constr uction as it took place through transformative dialogue among groups of pe ople in an online discussion forum using a qualitative approach. The main purpose of this study was to exam ine the use of transformative dialogue to construct mathematics knowledge in a public online discussion forum. Transformative dialogue seeks a means to sustain the process of comm unication, acknowledges self expression, affirms the Other, coordinates actions that generate meaning together, affirms polyvocality, and 52

PAGE 53

promotes self-reflexivity the questioning of ones own position. This research investigated written interactions during a period of one academic semester, archived at the Math Forum @ Drexel web site ( http://www.mathforum.org ) discussion groups se ction, specifically the discussion group identified as alt.math.undergrad The method used to analyze the data set was discourse analysis, as presented by Gee (1999, 2005). This method allowed the researcher to identify activities and connections within, be tween, and among the data set and to further develop a representation of how mathematics was constructe d in an online asynchronous discussion forum, called a discourse model by Gee (1999, 2005). In gene ral, this research analyzed a socially constructed, complex, and ever changing (Glesne, 1999, p. 5) electronic mathematics public environment. A second purpose of this research was to contribute to the sociology of mathematics a recent trend in mathematics education researc h. This trend claims that the reality of mathematics lies in discourse, so mathematics is as real and only as real as ordinary social life (Restivo & Bauchspies, 2006, p. 198). Wittgenstein (1967, as cited in Restivo, 1983) emphasized the art of questioning in mathematics to establish a context from which a proposition could be true. Lakatos (as cited in Restivo, 1983) looked at mathematics as a fallible discipline, one that is constructed through the development of conjectures, criticisms, and corrections and that is in continuous search for proofs and counterexam ples. The sociology of mathematics moves away from the idea that math ematics is a static a nd rigid discipline and moves toward the idea of mathematics as a cultural expression. As such, mathematics is constituted of mental-and-physical activities culture, and history (Restivo, 1983, p. 239). Based on the purposes of this study, the resear ch question for this study is as follows: 53

PAGE 54

How does transformative dialogue and negotiati on facilitate the social construction of mathematics knowledge in high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics via an online discussion forum named alt.math.undergrad in the Math Forum @ Drexel web site? This research studied an online asynchronous community and analyzed the corresponding digitally archived data during a specific period of time. It examined how participants in the discussion forum interacted and negotiated with each other to construc t mathematics knowledge through the use of transformative dialogue To accomplish these purposes, social constructionism was selected as the research s theoretical perspective, followed by a methodology and method that allowed the researcher to study language in context. This chapter will focus on the foundations of qua litative research and the analys is of the pilot study. It is divided into the next sections: Description of qualitative research fundament als: research approach, epistemology, and theoretical perspective Subjectivity statement Description of the research setting Narrative with reflections about the pilot study Qualitative Research Fundamentals The study presented here on transformative dial ogue generated and negotiated in an online discussion forum searched for breadth and dept h. It looked to unde rstand how mathematics knowledge was constructed and how understand ing of mathematics was developed through written interactions. It also acknowledged that there are multiple representations and multiple ways of learning mathematics. For this reason, a qualitative approach was selected to examine the data. 54

PAGE 55

Qualitative Research Approach Qualitative research, a movement that bega n in the 1970s (Schwandt, 2000), searches for thick descriptions, those that cannot be found th rough statistical methods that are numerical in nature (Geertz, 1973). According to Patton (2002), Qualitative methods facilitate [the] study of issues in depth and detail (p. 14). These methods are associated with data that comes from words obtained from interviews, observations, and documents (Kvale, 1996; Jorgensen, 1989; Hill, 1993). Patton (2002) sustained that qua litative inquiry produces a great amount of information on a small number of persons or cases, thus reducing generalizations. It is through methodology rigor that the research er analyzes data in order to represent findings (Anfara, Brown, & Mangione, 2002). St. Pierre (2000) affirmed that qualitative researchers have th e responsibility to keep educational research in play, increasingly unintel ligible to itself, in order to produce different knowledge and produce knowledge differently as we work for social justice in the human sciences (p. 27). Moreover, Erickson and Gutierrez (2002) stated that qualitative inquiry can make valuable contributions to educational research, and that evidence-careful descriptive research falls within the range of met hods in education that can be called scientific (p. 21, emphasis in original). The cont roversies concerning research a pproach are many, especially now that the No Child Left Behind Act promotes quantitative research. However, as St. Pierre (2000) and Erickson and Gutierrez (2002) argued, qualita tive research can also be scientific. Crotty (1998) identified four el ements of qualitative inquiry to justify a research project. These are epistemology, theoretic al perspective, methodology, and method. In the next sections, the epistemology and theoretical perspective used in this research are discussed. Methodology and method will be elaborated in the next chapter. 55

PAGE 56

Epistemology: Constructionism Epistemology is the theory of knowledge, of meaning making; it is that component of philosophy that studies how we learn. Accord ing to Crotty (1998), epistemology can be organized into three main divisions: objectivism, c onstructionism, and subjectivism. As in a continuum, at one end, objectivists believe t hat meaning, and therefor e meaningful reality, exists as such apart from the operation of any consciousness (Crotty, 1998, p. 8); that knowledge can be objective, complete and unchang ing (Burbules, 2000). At the other extreme, the subjectivist considers that meaning is imposed on the object by the subject [that] it is created out of nothing (Crotty, 1998, p. 9). However, constructionism moves toward the center of this continuum. For Crotty (1998), all knowledge, and therefore all meaningful reality as such, is contingent upon human practices, being c onstructed in and out of interaction between human beings and their world, and developed and tr ansmitted within an essentially social context (p. 42, emphasis in original). It is his co ntention that qualitative researchers tend to invoke a constructionist epistemology where meani ng is created in relation ship. This dissertation looks at knowledge from the constructionist standpoint, in which knowledge is constructed through interaction and not in the individual mind. According to Crotty (1998), meaning making is the result of human beings being consciously engaged with the world. The process of constructing the world takes curiosity, imagination, and creativity (Crotty, 1998). Still, this does not mean falling to subjective, unfounded interpretations. Instead, [a] dialogue with the materials helps the researcher pay attention to the object of rese arch (Crotty, 1998, p. 51, emphasis in original) while following a specific methodology or method rigor. The idea of language and dialogue is at the center of the constructionism epistemology. Berger and Luckmann (1966), forerunners of social constructionism, stated that sociology of 56

PAGE 57

knowledge presupposes sociology of language (p. 185). Sampson (1993 as cited in Gergen, 2000) also indicated that meaning is rooted in social process sustained by conversations occurring between people (p. 149) Therefore, it is through langua ge and dialogue that people generate meaning together (Gergen & Gergen, 2004). Theoretical Perspective: Social Constructionism Following the constructionism epistemology, this research is based on the social construction of knowledge theoretica l perspective. Social constructionists are interested in the collective generation of meaning (Crotty, 1998) as it derives from collaboration and interaction and from reflexive questioning, dial ogue, and negotiation (Gergen, 1999). Gergen (2000) affirmed that meaning is neither the result of the individual mind (cognitive constructivism) nor that of the group (social constructivism) but that it is a byproduct of language use within relationship (p. 150). [For a discussion about the history, principles, similarities, and differences on cognitive construc tivism and social constructivism, see Duffy and Cunningham (1996).] According to Gergen (2000), knowledge is not developed in a single mind or from a single individual, but rather from language use within relationship (p. 150). It is culture that molds knowledge, he says. That is w hy, for the social constructionist, knowledge is a communal creation (Gergen, 1994, p. 207). Social constructionists are aware of th e multiple causes that can produce specific outcomes. Thus, they cannot agree with the idea of causality pr oposed by positivistic researchers, as if the conditions of a specific experiment c ould be controlled to produce a specific human outcome. That is why for social constructionists, numb ers and statistical an alysis are not enough. They sustain numbers and statistics eliminate th e voices of research pa rticipants, especially silencing those without sophisticated knowledge, therefore sile ncing those without power. 57

PAGE 58

Furthermore, social constructionists argue in favor of a plurality of voices and disagree with the idea that there is one true answer to any question (Gergen, 1999, p. 92). As Gergen (1999) stated, each construction has both potential s and limits, both scientif ically and in terms of societal values (p. 93). He al so sustained that there is no need to abandon all voices to save only one. Thus, to say that there is one truth th at can be generalized to the whole population is for the social constructionist a form of cultural imperialism (Gergen, 1999, p. 93). Imposing one view over another as if things were black or white would be imposing the voice of those in power. For this reason, social construc tionists step away from dichotomies and welcome plurality. They search for new ways of looking at things, wa ys that will contribute to the development of a generative theory They also search for new po ssibilities that will include accounts of our world that challenge the taken-for-granted conventions of understanding, and simultaneously invite us into new worlds of meaning and action (Gergen, 1999, p. 116, emphasis in original). The social constructionism theoretical perspect ive developed in differe nt disciplines, such as therapy, organizational change, education, an d scholarly expression (Gergen, 1999). However, since the focus of this research project is on the construction of ma thematics knowledge in education, the following two sections will only pres ent (1) how social constructionism is applied to education, including pedagogica l alternatives, and (2) the social constructi onist assumptions as they relate to this research project. Social Constructionism in Educ ation: Alternative Pedagogies As previously stated, social constructionism is an outgrowth of communal relations (Gergen, 1999). Therefore, in education, soci al constructionists fa vor three pedagogical alternatives: reflexive deliberation, polyvocal pedagogy, and collaborative classrooms. In this research project, reflexive deliber ation was used to generate the data set without the intervention 58

PAGE 59

of the researcher. Participants of the discussi on forum were able to reflect before writing a message (post). Different solutions were intr oduced by the participants presenting different views and therefore resulting in collaborative polyvocality. While working together, the discussion forum participants engaged in negotia tion and collaboration pract ices to generate new meanings. These alternative pedagogies are explained below. Reflexive deliberation Reflexive deliberation is the outcome of comm unities of practice. Together, participants learn about the ways a community exists and how it thinks about knowledge, language, discourse, and their relationships and dist ribution in society (Gee, 2000, p. 522). In a community of practice, learners work together and interact with each other (Rogoff &Lave, 1984). They set goals together, negotiate appropri ate means to reach them, and help each other throughout the process. In this research project, the contributions th at mathematics learners made to an online discussion forum were examined. Participants were part of a community where reflection was possible, even encouraged. The di scussion forum allowed learners to present a problem in a post and to read postings by others. It s quality of asynchrony allowed pa rticipants to reflect before replying to others. Together, par ticipants interacted and negotiated one or more answers to the posted questions. Polyvocal pedagogy Gergen (1999) stated that th e Internet is an example of how people can generate new potential. This is possible when body and t echnology merge togeth er, facilitating the development of polyvocality. According to Gergen (1999), the Internet can help students develop multiple voices, [different] forms of expr ession, or [different] ways of putting things (p. 59

PAGE 60

183). McCarty and Schwandt ( 2000) added that through polyvo cal pedagogy, students could participate in a wide range of c onversations and acquire different rh etorical skills. These in turn allow students to take persuasi ve positions by actively participa ting in different conversations. Hatch (2002) also presented polyvocal methods as a means to find multiple perspectives. He stated that polyvocal analysis is interested in the existence of multiple truths; that is, in the multiple voices that are telling a story. In this research, this will translate into the multiple discourses written by the forums participants. Through polyvocality, the researcher tries to identify the components of a story, which, according to Hatch (2002), is always partial, local, and historical. Therefore, the final purpose of polyvocal analysis is to capture the multiplicity of voices present in the scene and to tell as many stories as they generate. Gergen (2003) would agree with Hatchs (2002) vi ew of polyvocal analysis. In this research, polyvocality took place in different ways. After writing an original message (post) in a discussion forum, the participants of this community were able to present different answers to the same question or pr oblem, developing a threaded discussion that branched in different directions. At the same time, they developed different ways of representing an answer (narrative, algebraic, graphical, or geom etric), including different levels of abstraction. This, in turn, allowed the part icipants to look at mathematics from different perspectives. Collaboration Collaborative practices favor dialogue, consen sus groups, and the generation of new ideas and opinions. It also opens the classroom to ne w experiences, permitting students to work within the community, establish Intern et communications around the worl d, and even develop authentic projects (Gergen, 1999). The student is seen as an active participan t in a community of learners (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Lave, 1991; Wenger, 2001). 60

PAGE 61

This research analyzed the conversations in a mathematics online discussion forum available to those with access to a computer with an Internet connection. These conversations, generated asynchronously, made possible the disc ursive collaboration among its participants. Together, participants formed a community of mathematics learners. Learners from different backgrounds and nationalities worked together to find one or more solutions to a problem or question. Summary Reflexive deliberation, polyvocality, and colla boration are pedagogical alternatives in the social constructionism theoretical perspective, available in an online asynchronous discussion forum to those with access to a computer and an Internet connection. With this, the physical boundaries of a classroom disappear and its walls are expanded to the worlds cybernauts, where it is possible to become part of a larger community of learners. In this study, the researcher examined how th e Internet allowed high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics learners to interact and co llaborate, engaging in transformative dialogue. This research analyzed how participants in an online discussion forum constructed mathematics knowledge through reflex ive deliberation, polyvo cality, and discursive collaboration. The social constructionism theoretical persp ective is based on a set of assumptions. The next section will list these assumptions, as stated by Gergen (1994). Then an explanation of those that apply to this research follows. Social Constructionism Assumptions and Mathematics Knowledge Kenneth J. Gergen (1994) pres ented five major assumptions within the domain of social constructionism that broke away from the empirici st tradition of positivistic research. These are: (1) knowledge is socially constituted; (2) knowledge is embedded in historical developments; (3) 61

PAGE 62

linguistic signals are related to experience and influenced by cu lture; (4) knowledge is influenced by personal values, ideologies, and visions; and (5) verifi cation of theory is rendered suspect. In the following paragraphs, the first, third, and fifth assumptions are discussed as they relate to this research project. Knowledge is socially constituted Gergen (1994) sustained that social circumstances affect knowledge construction. He also maintained the importance of language in people s relationships. As stated before, knowledge is constructed in relationship with others in the collectivity, not in the individual mind but through social processes of communication. The idea of socially constructi ng knowledge, that is, of soci ally constructing meaning in mathematics, is the main focus of this study. As Restivo and Bauchspi es (2006) explained in The will to mathematics: Minds, morals, and numbers, Mathematical objects are things produced by, manufactured by, social beings through social means in social settings. There is no reason why an object such as a theorem should be treated any differently in this sense th an a sculpture, a t eapot, a painting, or a skyscraper. Mathematicians work with notations, symbols, and rules; they have a general reservoir of resources, a toolkit, socially construc ted around social interests and oriented to social goals. The objects they cons truct take their meaning from the history of their construction and usage, the ways they are used in the present, the consequences of their usage inside and outside of mathematics, and the network of id eas they are part of within math worlds and within larger societal worlds. (p. 210) G. H. Hardy (1992), an English mathematician, also supported this idea when he wrote that the function of the mathematician is to do something, to prove new theorems, to add to mathematics (p. 61). Hardy talked about the importance of individually generating mathematical ideas and not about constructing mathematics in relationship. However, as documented in the foreword (by C. P. Snow) of Hardys book and in Beckmanns (1971, p. 138) book, Hardy worked closely with Ramanujan, an Indi an mathematician with little early formal 62

PAGE 63

education. Together, they produced five pape rs of the highest class (Hardy, 1992, p. 36). Together, Hardy and Ramanujan were able to construct new mathematics. This research analyzed mathematical intera ctions and negotiation that took place in an online discussion forum. It studied how learners worked together, searching for one or more solutions to a problem, socially construc ting mathematics meaning. It examined how transformative dialogue was used to construct mathematics knowledge. Linguistic signals, experience, and culture Berger and Luckmann (1966) stated that language has the capacity to transcend the here and now [that it] bridges different zones w ithin the reality of ever yday life and integrates them into a meaningful whole (p. 39). Be it face -to-face (first degree in Berger and Luckmanns view) or written (second degree, according to Berger and Luckma nn), language is capable of becoming the objective repository of vast accumulations of meaning and experience, which it can then preserve in time and transmit to fo llowing generations (B erger & Luckmann, 1966, p. 37). According to Phillips (2000), language is a hu man construct, and different individuals may construct slightly different things with it, even when they use the same words (p. 4); therefore words can be interpreted in different ways. Berger and Luckmann (1966) also shed light on how the social dist ribution of knowledge works. They sustained that knowledge [is encounte red] in everyday life as socially distributed, that is, as possessed differently by different individuals and types of individuals (p. 46). They sustained that no one knows exactly the same as another. Moreover, Phillips (2000) cited Lorraine Code in saying that knowledge is gr ounded in experiences and practices, in the efficacy of dialogic negotiation and of action (p. 30). In mathematics, meaning and experience ar e mainly represented through algebra and geometry. For many, algebra is a special language. According to Restivo and Bauchspies (2006), 63

PAGE 64

knowledge is constructed through the use of nota tions, rules, and theorems. As time goes on, more mathematical representations and applicati ons are developed. In th is research, discussion forum participants presented solutions in narr ative, algebraic, and geometric forms through words, symbols, and diagrams. Participants inte racted, negotiated, and collaborated with each other to find one or more answers to th e posted questions, problems, and conundrums. Verification of theory throug h research is rendered suspect Gergen (1994) sustained that by testing a hypothesis, the resear cher is already seeking for data that best serve their intere sts. He also affirmed that any intelligible h ypothesis can be verified or falsified (p. 206) From the interpretive point of view, the investigator attempts to document the rules of meaning within a specific context; the documentation serves not as a validating device but as [a] rhetor ical support (Gergen, 1994, p. 206). The investigator, following social constructionist principles, is not in search of specific data or results, nor of specific truths to accept or reject a h ypothesis; instead, the researcher looks for meaning as it comes from the data itself, looking at the di scourse of those that negotiate and collaborate while construc ting meaning. In the social constructionism theoretical perspective, meaning is generated bottom-up inst ead of top-down. Gergen (1999) indicated that in top-down analysis, it is t hose in authority who set the rule s. Indeed, transformative dialogue seeks for means of sustaining the process of communication, acknowle dging self expression, affirming the Other, coordinating actions that generate meaning togeth er, affirming polyvocality, and promoting self-reflexivity, the questioni ng of ones own position. It is the idea of togetherness that makes the difference; that is, working together, reflecting together, and coordinating actions together to generate new meanings. In the research presented here, a discourse model was developed from within the data itself, analyzing the transformative dialogues o ccurred in the discussion forum. The model was 64

PAGE 65

then recursively verified twice throughout a period of five months. This research examined how participants generated meaning together and how interactive di alogue, negotiation, and discursive collaboration took pl ace to construct mathematics meaning. To accomplish this, methodology rigor was performed through discourse analysis implemented with Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis methods. The next chapter will examine this methodology from a theoretical stance as well as its application in this research project. However, before presenting the methods used in this research and the appl ication of Gees discourse analysis, three more sections are presented below. Fi rst, the researcher is introduced in the subjectivity statement; second, the research setting is described; and lastly, reflections on the pilot study are narrated. Subjectivity Statement1 Social constructionists cannot remain dispas sionate about their work. They acknowledge that there is a reason that guides their work, motiv ating them to invest time in such a project. This researcher has taught junior high, hi gh school, and undergraduate mathematics and is interested in researching the use of online communication tools in learning mathematics. By investigating the use of discussi on forums in mathematics, the researcher was able to explore how students write mathematical ideas and sear ch for meaning while interacting, negotiating, and collaborating with each other. As a graduate student, this researcher studied the teaching of mathematics with technology and the importance of communication in e-learni ng environments, as well as the concept of quality in distance education from the students perspective (Ortiz-Rodrguez, Telg, Irani, Roberts, & Rhoades, 2005). Her interests also in clude researching online learning environments 1 The subjectivity statement is written in third person, instead of first person, mainly because of cultural reasons. In the Puerto Rican culture we are taught not to talk about ourselves as we believe that this shows the character flow of lack of humility. The following paragraphs present a picture of who I am in third person. 65

PAGE 66

and how they can help students develop commun ities of practice that promote meaning making and understanding. Mathematics has always been this researche rs favorite subject. In grade school, she was not a high achiever, although she strived to be one. She did not understood why the group of students, who were all supposedly at the same le vel of understanding, completed different sets of problems. By the time she reached the seventh grade, she had caught up with her peer group. By ninth grade, she started helping her classmates with their math homework. At that time, she admired her math teacher and her pedagogy. The teachers daily routine was simple and straightforward, following essentialist and behavi orist practices. Homework was checked first, then a new topic was presented, and finally, th e teacher gave the students some practice and homework problems. The teachers elemen tary algebra class seemed so easy! That time was when this researcher first became a tutor and felt empowered while helping her classmates understand and complete their ho mework. However, when she got to college, she was once again an underachiever in math, lacking the background knowledge needed to excel. Nevertheless, she worked hard to keep learni ng math and managed to complete a degree in Secondary Math Education. She then became a math teacher. From 1961 to 1973, while she attended elementary and secondary school, there were no personal computers. Mainframe systems were a reality in a few school systems throughout the United States; but the public school system in Puer to Rico did not use com puters, at least to her knowledge. The first personal computer widely av ailable in K-12 settings was the Apple IIe, commercially marketed after 1977. During the 1970 s, some students used calculators, but she never had one due to a lack of financial resources. With a calculator, students were able to check 66

PAGE 67

the solutions to their homework problems, allowing them to look at patterns and to better develop concept knowledge. The researcher taught math in high school ( 1977-1978) and in junior high school (19781979, 1991), as well as first and second year under graduate college cour ses (1991-2002). What she loves the most is helping students feel that th ey can learn how to do mathematics, that they can be successful in mathematics. Finding out there are no secrets behind the numbers can help students understand the concepts at hand. This sense of empowerment in math is hard to accomplish because many students past experiences are grounded in behaviorist practices in which memorization had a major role. The daily r outine that her old nint h grade teacher followed did not work for most students. Thats why she believes that learning mathematics has much to do with constructivist and constr uctionist practices, in which students can do mathematics in collaboration, developing concepts and understanding and applying them in everyday life (NCTM, 1989). Ideally, constructionism should be reached so that learning can focus on the collective generation of meaning (Crotty, 1998, p.58). Communication a nd collaboration are the building blocks for the development of commu nities of learners (Rogoff & Lave, 1984; Lave, 1991; Lave & Wenger, 1991; La ve, 1996; Wenger, 2001; Shamat ha, Peressini, & Meymaris, 2004) and math communities are no exception. Research Setting Our study examined interactions that took place in an online discussion forum located at a public web site and available to those interested in mathematics teaching and learning with access to the Internet. In the next sections, the we b site is presented to the reader, including its history and services. 67

PAGE 68

The Math Forum @ Drexel Web Site Self-defined as an online math education community center, the Math Forum s mission is to provide resources, materi als, activities, person-to-perso n interactions, and educational products and services that enrich and suppor t teaching and learning in an increasingly technological world (Drexel University, 19942006, paragraph 1). To fulfill their mission, the Math Forum has stated five main objectives. Th ese are (1) to encourage communication throughout the mathematical community, (2) to o ffer model interactive pr ojects, (3) to make math-related web resources more accessible, (4 ) to provide high-quality math and math education content, and (5) to spread news about new resources in the Internet. The Math Forum is a very dynamic community of mathematicians that continually adds more resources and services to its web site. History of the Math Forum @ Drexel In 1992, the Geometry Forum was founded by Eugene Klots, a mathematics professor from Swarthmore College and the developer of the software program Geometers Sketchpad (Kane, 2000). It was not until 1996 that the forums name changed to the Math Forum During this year, Swarthmore College received a three million dollar grant from the National Science Foundation to further expand the s ite. A year later, in 1997, the Math Forum web site was helping close to 100,000 users a month (Downi ng, 1997). For many years, the media portrayed the Math Forum as a homework helper web site and a mathematics online community especially renowned for its Problem of the We ek and Ask Dr. Math sections. On April 6, 2000, The Associated Press reported that the Math Forum received almost 1 [one] million visitors and 12 million hits per month (Popular math Web site is sold to WebCT, 2000). It was in that sa me month, April of 2000, that the Philadelphia Inquirer reported that the Math Forum was sold to WebCT, the online software company (Woodall, 68

PAGE 69

2000).This was mainly a financial arrangement, as its offices stayed at Swarthmore College, and the Math Forum continued to be managed by Eugene Klots (Research and Development) and Steve Weimar (Technology and Education). A year later, in 2001, Drexel University acquired the Math Forum In a special issue of the Math Forum Internet News (volume 6, number 36a), the President of Drexel University, Dr. Constantine Papadaki s, informed the members of the mathematics community that the Forum had a new location and a new name, The Math Forum @ Drexel. He also pointed out that the web s ite would continue to offer the same services while introducing some new cutting edge features ( Math Forum Internet News 2001, paragraph 3). Since then, the web site changed its presence in th e Internet and continued to expand. The Math Forum @ Drexel Services Services provided by the Math Forums web site are divided into four main sections: (1) Main Areas, (2) Projects, (3) Features, and (4) Archives ( The Math Forum @ Drexel 19942004). Main Areas is subdivided into seve ral sub-sections specially dedicated to students, teachers, parents and citizens, and researchers. The Projects section is geared toward the development of math skills, including a Probl em of the Week area for each secondary math subject: Math Fundamentals, Pre-Alge bra, Geometry, and Algebra. The Math Forum Newsletter (MFIN) is located under the Features section, as are the Mathematics Discussion Groups. Finally, the fourth section in cludes links to mailing lists, wo rkshops, software, articles, book reviews, and more. (Table 3-1 for a complete list of the resources provided in the Math Forum web site). The first issue of the Math Forum Internet News was published in October 7, 1996 ( http://www.mathforum.org /electronic.newsletter/ ); since then, weekly issues were published. Eleven volumes, with added issues for special purposes, were published up through 2007. During 69

PAGE 70

the last 20 years, the newsle tter kept the math community updated with new ideas, new developments, and the latest news in mathematics. The Math Forum also works in collaboration with professional organizations such as the National Council of Te achers of Mathematics (NCTM) and the Mathematical American Association (MAA). The publication of the first Math Forum Newsletter issue in 1996 was an extension of a conversation already started, where references to math resources were made and geometry problems were posted through a mailing list. Email correspondence was accepted from community members and answered individuall y. Once the online newsletter was available through the site, it included a sec tion called Check out our Web Sit e at the very end. In the first issue, only three resources were listed; the first was a link to The Math Forums home page, the second a link to the Problem of the Week, and the last to Internet Resources (Steves Dump). It was not until September of 1998 that a link to the Discussion Groups was added in the forums newsletter. This was a special issue (3.39A) dedicated to describing interesting conversations take[n] place during September of 1998 on Internet math discussion groups ( The Math Forum News, September 1998, first paragraph). This issue was also the beginning of a monthly series dedicated entirely to describe differe nt discussion forums and conversations. Two references are made in the Discussion Groups series to the alt.math.undergrad the first on July 28, 1999, and second on June 8, 2000. Both references include the description of the group, a link to its home page, and an example of the inte ractions that took place on that particular day. This information is similar to that given about any other discussion group. The Discussion Groups series ended on August 2000. 70

PAGE 71

alt.math.undergrad Discussion Group Data for this research was located in the Math Forum @ Drexels web site ( http://www.mathforum.org ) discussion section. The alt.math.undergrad discussion forum was chosen for analysis because it included high school and undergraduate first and second year mathematics discussions, courses the resear cher has taught and tutored before. The Math Forum @ Drexel was selected since it is a well-established community of mathematics learners with more than two decades of existence and experience. By November 8, 2006, there were a total of 68 active Discussion Groups and 13 inactive groups in this section. The active discussion groups were divided into ten categories. These are Courses, Curricula, Education, History, Math Topics, Online Projects, Policy and News, Professional Associations, sci.math, Software and Inactive. The discussion group titled alt.math.undergrad belongs to the Math Topics category, and it is described as an unmoderated newsgroup focused on undergraduate mathematics (Math Forum @ Drexel 2004). Other discussion groups in the Math Topics category include the following: alt.algebra.help.independent, al t.math.recreational.independent, discretemath, geometry.college, geometry.pre-college, geomet ry.puzzles, geometry.research, and Snark Community members freely choose the group in which to participate, posting their messages from anywhere and anytime. Archives in the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum include me ssages posted from July 7, 1996 to the present time. This is an active comm unity that continues to receive messages up to the current date, expanding its archives day by day. As of November 8, 2006, the alt.math.undergrad included a total of 38,797 messages (posts), divided into 8,516 topics (threads). This research project will analy ze the messages posted duri ng the first academic 71

PAGE 72

semester of 2004 (August to December). More details about the data set as well as the selection criteria will be describe d in the methods chapter. Reflections about the Pilot Study A preliminary study was conducted to examine how mathematics know ledge was socially constructed at the undergraduate level in the online public mathematics discussion forum called alt.math.undergrad. This initial phase allowed the researcher to investigate how data was organized, what subject matters were studied, and how discussion was generated. It also allowed the researcher to explore the activities and rela tionships taking place throughout the discussions. The alt.math.undergrad discussion forum was chosen as the research focus because it includes high school and first and second year undergraduate mathem atics topics. This discussion forum has free access through the Math Forum @ Drexels web site (http://www.mathforum.org). The pilot study inves tigated threaded discussions (topics) and their corresponding postings (messages) occurring during a one-month pe riod. Data was selected from October, 2004, because the pilot study started on that same month. At first, a general analysis of all October, 2004, discussions showed that there were 167 threaded discussions (topics). From these, only three had more than 25 postings (messages), and twelve had between ten and twenty-five postings. A content analysis followed to identify the specific mathematics topics discussed in the latter group. In addition, the nu mber of participants, frequency of participation, and time span of discussion was recorded. Further evaluation allowed the researcher to take general notes about the discussions, draw tree diagrams to identify the flow of interaction, and determine the number of storie s in each threaded discussion. A selection from those threaded discussions cove ring topics offered in high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics followed. This led to a to tal of five threaded discussions that met the data selection criteria (Table 3-2). 72

PAGE 73

Next, mathematical stories were constructed using tree diagrams to show the flow of interactions present in each th readed discussion. The branches of the tree diagrams represented the way discussions were conducted, showing who replied to whom, which messages received one or more answers, and those that did not receive any reply. Each tree branch was identified as a story where participants interacted with each other by evaluating a problem, negotiating an answer, and generating new mathematical know ledge. Tree branches were collections of continuous postings that exemplified how inter action, negotiation, and disc ursive collaboration took place. Once the stories were constructed, a d ecision was made to eliminate redundant intertextuality and personal identifications. An alysis focused on how participants developed mathematical knowledge; by eliminating redundant intertextuality, an understanding of thought processes in each story was facilitated. Since the focus of the study was on knowledge construction, the participants identity was not re levant. This alone could be the object of future research. At that point in the study, a question a bout methodology arose. Was content analysis enough? Was open coding and grounded theory th e path to follow? Was phenomenology the correct methodology? What had to be the main focus when identifying how participants developed knowledge? Discourse an alysis as stated by Gee (1999) was then chosen to further analyze the data set. Gee provi ded guide questions to analyze activities, which allowed the researcher to go beyond the mathematical conten t of each threaded discussion in search of negotiation and collaborative strategies In Gees discourse analysis, the Activity building looked at how participants use cues or clues to assemb le situated meanings about what activity or 73

PAGE 74

activities are going on (Gee, 1999, p. 86). Gee focu sed on the specific actions that take place throughout discourse. To questi on the data, Gee (1999) formul ated the following questions: What is the larger or main activity (or set of activities) going on in the situation? What sub-activities compose this activ ity (or these activities)? What actions (down to the level of things like requests for reason) compose these sub-activities and activities? (p. 93) Questioning the mathematical stories allowed the researcher to identify activities and specific actions conducted by the participants. Howe ver, at that point, ea ch story was analyzed independently. Connections withi n, between, and among the data set were not considered in the pilot study. As an experiment, the researcher then deci ded to go a step further into Gees methodology and tried to identify the parts of a story pres ent in each mathematical story (or tree branch). The researcher found that tree branches with five or more messages included all or most of the elements (body parts) of a stor y identified in Gees discourse analysis methods. These include setting, catalyst, crisis, evaluation, resolution, and coda (Table 3-3). Dividing the mathematical storie s in this way that is, us ing the body parts allowed the researcher to identify types of activities that were conducted by the par ticipants throughout the discussions. These activities were based on previ ous research about discussion forums. A report was then written based on these results (See Appendix A for the complete Pilot Study report). Lessons Learned through the Pilot Study Conducting the Pilot Study allo wed the researcher to iden tify a methodology that fit the theoretical perspective as well as the data set. It helped explain how par ticipants of a discussion forum constructed knowledge. The use of tree di agrams made it possibl e to represent the threaded discussions in a graphical format, to id entify the flow of convers ations, to identify the stories present in each threaded discussion, to breakdown the stories in to body parts, and to complete discourse analysis questioning th e data and searching for breadth and depth. 74

PAGE 75

The pilot study showed that users willingly posted questions answers, suggestions, and references to Internet resources. Participants in the discussion forum worked together to find new meanings, presenting different ideas, some in algebraic form and others in graphical form through words. Polyvocality was present when part icipants presented similar ideas in different ways. As a community of practice, participants helped each other in different ways, sometimes identifying new resources and other times giving support to each other. Their voice helped the researcher build knowledge from the ground up thr ough the analysis of transformative dialogue. Knowledge in the discussion forum was c onstructed through ac tive participation. Criticisms As stated, the pilot study allowed the researcher to conduct a preliminary analysis; however, under-analysis occurred at different le vels (Antaki, Billig, Edwards, & Potter, 2002; Burman, 2003). First, a summary-like report wa s presented, losing details and subtleties incorporated in the data. This was the result of spending more time organizing the data instead of analyzing utterances. Secondly, only isolated quo tations were present in the report; even though a complete story was included as an example, very little analysis followed that is, questioning the data was minimal. Mental constructs combined with previous research findings on discussion forums were used to find out these same constructs in the data, not allowing the data to speak for itself. The researcher moved toward general assumptions instead of going back and forth between the general and the sp ecific (Antaki et al., 2002, section Under-analysis through Spotting, paragraph 4). Finally, at the tim e the pilot study was conducted, sociology of mathematics was not yet identified in the research literature, limiting the analysis, findings, and conclusions. However, after reviewing discourse an alysis literature beyond Gees methodology (Austin, 1962; Foucault, 1972; Parker, 2001; Hepburn & Potter, 2003; Van Dijk, 2003; Potter, 75

PAGE 76

2003a, 2003b, 2004; Ainsworth & Hardy, 2004; Fairclough, 2004; McKenna, 2004; Rogers, 2004; Stevenson, 2004; Clarke, 2005), the researcher had a more globa l overview of this type of research methodology and methods, which, in turn, allowed the researcher to develop a more representative discourse model(s) of the data. Nevertheless, as Gergen (1999) stated, this model will not be final. Even Gee (2005) affirmed that Discourse models, though they are theories (explanations), need not be complete, fully forme d, or consistent (p. 85). Moreover, as Foucault (1972) indicated in his book The Archaeology of Knowledge Discourse is the path from one contradiction to another: if it give s rise to those that can be seen, it is because it obeys that which it hides (p. 151). The analysis of discourse is, for Foucault, a way to hide and reveal contradictions. However, contradic tions were not identified in th e pilot study, or at least they were not reported. The pilot study was just the firs t step of analysis, and a path had yet to be found. In summary, in spite of the many limitations previously identified, it was through discourse analysis that the researcher was able to explore the transformative dialogue occurring in the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum. The researcher star ted to explain why and how things happen as they do (Gee, 2000, p. 196); that is, how mathematics knowledge was constructed in this digital environment. (A copy of the pilot study report is located in Appendix A: Pilot Study. Also see Appendix B: UF Institutional Review Board Letter, and A ppendix C: Request for Copyright Permission.) The following chapter presents discourse analysis as a methodology and a method. It begins with a revision of discour se analysis literature, and ends with Gees discourse analysis methodology. This is then followed by the process of applying Gees discourse analysis to study how discussion forums are used to construct ma thematics knowledge in the particular discussion 76

PAGE 77

forum under study. Information about validity in qualitative research and Gees discourse analysis, and the limitations of the study will be analyzed at the end of the chapter. 77

PAGE 78

Table 3-1. Math Forum @ Drexel web site resources by section. Section Resources Main Areas Search for Math Resources Student Center Teachers Place Parents & Citizens Research Division Math Resources by Subject Math Education Key Issues in Math Projects Ask Dr. Math Teacher2Teacher Math Fundamentals: Problem of the Week Pre-Algebra: Problem of the Week Geometry: Problem of the Week Algebra: Problem of the Week Active Problem Library Math Tools Features Dynamic Geometry Software Teacher Exchange Internet: Mathematics Library Math Forum Newsletter Mathematics Discussion Groups Math Awareness Month Math Forum Showcase Whats New? Archives Articles & Book Reviews Geometry Newsgroups / Topics Internet Software: Mac & PC Learning & Math Discussions Mailing Lists & Newsgroups Math Software Mathematics Teacher Bibliographies Math Forum Workshops The Math Forum Quick Reference (2006). Retrieved November 8, 2006, from http://www.mathforum.org/special.html 78

PAGE 79

Table 3-2. Data summary for October 2004: Threads with 10 to 25 postings Thread Title & General Description Evaluation 1 Units, and algebraic integers Total Postings: 10 Frequency of participation: 1 post 6 people 2 posts 2 people Time span: 2 days Topic: Advanced Algebra Storylines: 8 Notes: All storylines have two postings. The initiator of this thread presents an argument that is refuted by all others. They consider it flawed. 2 A Question about Math Curriculum (Math Instructors and Professors Please Respond) Total Postings: 25 Frequency of participation: 1 post 2 people 2, 3, 4, 6 posts 1 person 8 posts 1 person Time span: 11 days Topic: Undergraduate Math Curriculum Story lines: 8 Notes: A student asks for feedback from math specialists to evaluate the curriculum changes in his program of study. 3 Need help with some integral! Total Postings: 12 Frequency of participation: 1 post 3 people 2 posts 3 people 3 posts 1 person Time span: 3 days Topic: Advanced Calculus Storylines: 4 Notes: Topic not taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 4 2 sinA versus sin2A Total postings: 14 Frequency of participation: 1 post 4 people 2 posts 3 people 3 posts 2 person Time span: 4 days Topic: Trigonometry Storylines: 7 Notes: Topic is taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 5 Extrema / Diff Total postings: 14 Frequency of participation: 1 post 5 people 2 posts 2 people 4 & 8 posts 1 person Time span: 4 days Topic: Calculus I Storylines: 8 Notes: Topic is taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 79

PAGE 80

Table 3-2. Continued Thread Title & General Description Evaluation 6 Tan to Slope Total postings: 11 Frequency of participation: 1 & 2 posts 2 people 5 posts 1 people Time span: 4 days Topic: Trigonometry Storylines: 3 Notes: Topic is taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 7 Norms!!!! Topic: Vectors Notes: Topic not taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 8 Truth Tables Help Topic: Logic Notes: Topic not included in study. 9 Uniform Convergence Topic: Advanced Mathematics Notes: Topic not taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 10 Statistics Total postings: 10 Frequency of participation: 1 & 3 posts 2 people 3 posts 1 people Time span: 8 days Topic: Central Tendency Storylines: 4 Notes: Topic is taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 11 Need this explained Total postings: 10 Frequency of participation: 1 post 2 people 2 posts 4 people Time span: 7 days Topic: Logarithm Storylines: 3 Notes: Topic is taught in first and second year undergraduate mathematics. 12 Latest fuss, my apologies Total postings: 19 Frequency of participation: 1 post 7 people 2 & 3 posts 2 people Time span: 4 days Topic: Apologetic Argument Notes: Not relevant for this study. Decision: Will not be used in pilot study. 80

PAGE 81

Table 3-3. Parts of a story with higher-order structure Body parts Description Setting Sets the scene in terms of time, space, and characters Catalyst Sets a problem Crisis Builds the problem to the point of requiring a resolution Evaluation Material that makes clear why the story is interesting and tellable Resolution Solves the problem Coda Closes the story Gee, J. P. (2005). Discourse Analysis: Theory and method (2n d ed., p. 131). New York: Routledge. 81

PAGE 82

CHAPTER 4 METHODOLOGY AND METHODS To teach someone the meaning of [a] sentence is to embed them in the conversational sea in which [the] sentence swims. James P. Gee, An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and Method (2005, 2nd ed., p. 46) In this chapter, the methodology and met hods used to study the construction of mathematics knowledge through the use of a particular discussion forum is presented to the reader. Based on Crotty (1998), methodology includes the strategy, plan of action, process or design lying behind the choice and us e of particular methods (p. 3) He stated that the methods are the techniques or procedures used to gather and analyse (sic) data re lated to some research question (Crotty, 1998, p. 3). In general, me thods are more specific than methodology. However, in this research, the methodology and methods are intertwined in the same concept. They are both classifi ed as discourse analysis: methodol ogy in general terms, and more specifically, Gees (1999, 2005) di scourse analysis processes as a method. The next sections explore discourse analysis as a methodology, Gee s perspective of discourse analysis as a method, the application of Gees methods to this study, the validity, and the limitations. Discourse Analysis Methodology Setting the basis for discourse analysis, Au stin (1962), a forerunner, looked at the components of language. His analysis was that of u tterances, that is, the an alysis of sentences. Others looked at discourse analysis from different perspectives. For example, McKenna (2004) discussed the analysis of the r elationship between language and society (p. 10), Joworski and Coupland (1999) talked about the analysis of language in use (p. 1, as cited in Clarke, 2005, p. 148), and still others used discour se analysis as a research to ol (Fairclough, Graham, Lemke & Wodak, 2004). In general, research ers looked at discourse analysis as a way to analyze language 82

PAGE 83

form and function (Fairclough, Graham, Lemke, & Wodak, 2004; Gee, 2004, p. 19, emphasis in original; Austin, 1962). However, most authors looked only at discourse as spoken language. That was the case of Austin (1962), who stated that to say somethi ng is to do something (p. 108). Years later, we found Foucault (1972) paraphrasing Austin when he wrote to speak is to do something (p. 209). Finally, McCarty and Schwandt (2000) sustained that in atte mpting to talk, people enter the world of discourse (p. 55-56). These authors mostly looked at discourse as spoken language, but discourse is also found in text (W odak, 1996; Mishler, 1990; Vygotsky, 1962). Discourse analysis is applied across the soci al sciences, including education and learning processes (Potter, 2003a; Potter, 2003b; Rogers Malancharuvil-Berkes, Moley, Hui, & Joseph, 2005; Rogers, 2004). It is also considered by ma ny as a social action (Van Dijk, 2003; Wodak, 1996; McKenna, 2004; Potter, 2004). That is because, as Fairclough, Graham, Lemke, and Wodaks (2004) indicated, different theoretica l, academic and cultural traditions push discourse in different directions (p. 4). Two current classifications of discourse an alysis, one by Joworski and Coupland (1999) and another by Fairclough, Graham, Lemke, a nd Wodaks (2004), show the focus discourse analysis takes in research. Th ere are several similarities betw een both frameworks, which make possible their combination. In general, they can be listed as (1) the sp eech and conversational analysis or the study of indivi dual text and talk, (2) the nego tiation discourse in social relationships or the social agen ts and social change, and (3) the power/knowledge, ideology, and control discourse, or the anal ysis of social agents and social change, respectively. Representing the negotiation discourse in social relationships category, we have Faircloughs (2004) and Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis methodology. Conversely, two 83

PAGE 84

authors who focused on power/knowledge discou rse are Foucault (1972) and Van Dijk (2003); the former presented his views as the archaeolo gy of knowledge and the latter as Critical Discourse Analysis. In 1998, Gee and Green wrote, Discourse anal ysis approaches have been developed to examine ways in which knowledge is socially co nstructed in classrooms and other educational settings (p. 119). To study disc ourse, that is to study language -in-use, is, according to Gee (2004), inherently political and has implications on status, so lidarity, distribution of social goods, and power. (p. 33). Rogers and others (2005) also stated that Gees theory is inherently critical in the sense of asserting that all discours es are social and thus ideological (p. 370). In this way, Gees discourse analysis has similaritie s to that of Van Dijks (2003). As such, Gees discourse analysis also has a critical stance, is embedded in social constructionism practices, and maintains humanistic principles. The critical component of disc ourse analysis cannot be considered neutral, because it is caught up in political, social, racial, economic, religious, and cultural formations (Rogers, Malancharuvil-Berkes, Moley, Hui, & Joseph, 2005, p. 369). It is in this sense that discourse analysis is critical. Following th is view of discourse analysis, Gee (2004) differentiated between discourse analysis using lower case and uppercase letter s; that is, he differentiated between critical discourse analysis (cda with lowercase) and Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA with uppercase). One way to look at his representa tion is through a continuum. At one end, Gee (2004) presented critical discourse analysis as an ecdotal reflections on writt en or oral texts (p. 20), and at the opposite end, he pr esented Critical Discourse Anal ysis as related to political proselytism (p. 20). 84

PAGE 85

According to Gee (2004), the distinction be tween critical and non-critical discourse analysis is related to how social practices are st udied; if social practices are treated solely in terms of patterns of social interaction (p. 32), then the study would be non-critical (cda). However, critical approaches go further and tr eat social practices not just in terms of social relationships [but also] in terms of implica tions for things like stat us, solidarity, distribution of social goods, and power (p. 33) (CDA). As an example, Gee (2005) presented how language is used as a gatekeeper in a job interview. Th e same happens with mathematics serving as the gatekeeper for white-collar professions in area s related to engineering and medicine (Restivo, 1983; Moses & Cobb, 2001). Gee (2004) also wrote about how discourse analysis is applie d to education. He suggested that it needs to show how a distinctive commun ity of practice is constituted out of specific social practices (across time and space) and how patterns of participation systematically change across time, both for individuals and the community of practice as a whole (p. 39). He added that learning is a type of so cial interaction in which knowledg e is distributed across people and their tools and technologies (Gee, 2004, p. 19) By moving across time and space and adding more data to the analysis, discourse analysis allows the researcher to identify different stories in a data set (polyvocality). However, data might not at all times be consistent, and finding discontinuities is always a possibility (Hatch, 2002; Foucault, 1972). New data helps the researcher refine the previously iden tified discourse models (Gee, 1999, 2000). That is why Gees (2005) discourse an alysis allows a researcher to think more deeply about the meanings that people give to words so as to make ourselves better, more human people and the world a better, more human place (p. xii). Gee believes language has meaning only in and through social practices practices which often l eave us morally complicit 85

PAGE 86

with harm and injustice unless we attempt to transform them (p. 8, emphasis in original). Therefore, discourse analysis is an important human task; it is a way to better understand those around us. In general, Gees discourse analysis fo cuses on socio-cultural practices. Through his method, researchers can decompose text while sear ching for breath and dept h, for the details that tell a story. Discourse analysis helps the rese archer understand the socio-cultural practices happening in a specific community of practice. For this reason, Gees (1999, 2005) method was chosen to analyze the community of mathema ticians that constructed knowledge in the discussion forum alt.math.undergrad located at the Math Forum @ Drexel s web site. In this study, discourse analysis is defined as a search for meaning situated in specific socio-cultural practices and experiences (Gee, 2000, p. 195). This search for meaning came from the analysis of data in an asynchronous comm unication system, that is, the analysis of text generated without the interventi on of the researcher. It was through the analysis of threaded discussions that the multiple discourses of thos e collectively constructi ng high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics know ledge in an online discussion forum were identified. The analysis included threaded discu ssions from five months. The first month allowed the researcher to construct a preliminary discou rse model. Data from subsequent months were used to revise and refine the previous discourse model, genera ting a new discourse model of how people constructed mathematics knowledge through the use of asynchronous threaded discussions after each period of analysis. It was discourse analysis as stated by Gee ( 2005) that allowed the researcher to construct a set of models coming from the data itself, let ting the online participants speak-out and introduce themselves to the researcher as they cons tructed mathematics knowledge and generated new 86

PAGE 87

meanings. This type of mode l was identified by Gee as a cultural model in 1999 and 2000 and later as a discourse model in 2005. The next section will examine details about G ees discourse analysis method, that is, Gees discourse analysis processes. Gees Discourse Analysis Method Gee (2005) stated that All life for all of us is just a patchw ork of thoughts, words, objects, events, actions, and interactions in Discourses (p.7). When presenting his method, Gee started by making a distinction between lit tle d and big D in their re lationship to discourse. Little d is about how language is used on site to enact activities a nd identities [that is, about] language-in-use (Gee, 2005, p. 7). It can be asso ciated to the study of form and function in language. Yet, big D has to do with what accompanies language, that is ones body, clothes, gestures, actions, interactions, symbols, tools, technologies (be they guns or graphs), values, attitudes, beliefs, and emotions ., and all at the right places and times (Gee, 2005, p. 7). In this research, little d is used to analyze the form and function of language which makes possible the construction of high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics, that is, the types of questions and inquiries posted and the re plies that promoted or limited interaction. big D is used when anal yzing specific actions and interactions made possible through the use of technology, specifi cally an on-line async hronous communication tool, the public discussion forum alt.math.undergrad located at the Math Forum @ Drexel ( http://www.mathforum.org ). Gee (2005) identified two types of discourse analysis: one that studied general correlations between form (struc ture) and function (meaning) in language (such as Austins, 1962), and another that studied spe cific interactions between language and context (p. 54). It is this last type that Gee adopt ed to study discourse. Gee (1999, 2005) proposed a method that 87

PAGE 88

included the following general steps: (1) analyze raw transcriptions and prepare transformed and theorized transcriptions; (2) use building tasks (and the co rresponding questions) and inquiry tools to identify themes; (3) write a preliminary Di scourse model; (4) test with new data, as in a recursive analysis; and fi nally, (5) validate the Discourse model. This method is explored in the following paragraphs. And after, details of how Gees method was applied in this research are explained. Working with Transcriptions The first step in Gees methodology is to analyze raw transcriptions and prepare transformed and theorized transcriptions. Gee (2 005) suggested looking f or patterns and links within and across utterances ( p. 188). In this way, the resear cher starts making conjectures about the meaning of text from the start. When working with text, the re searchers have to say the sentences of the text in their minds. To do this, they must choose how to break them down into lines .Such choices are part of imposing a meaning (interpretation) on a text and different choices lead to different interpretations (Gee, 2005, p. 126). These lines will reflect the information st ructure of a text (Gee, 2005, p. 127). In turn, Gee called these sets of lines stanzas, which are devoted to a single topic, event, image, perspective, or theme (Gee, 2005, p. 127). Th ese are also identif ied by Gee (2005) as microstructures (p. 127). Subsequently, as stanzas accumulate into larger pieces of information, macrostructures are created (G ee, 2005, p. 128). Gee compared macrostructures to stories, and as any othe r story in literature, they can be subdivided into different components. Gee (1999, 2005) suggested the followi ng six body parts to a st ory: setting, catalyst, crisis, evaluation, resoluti on, and coda (Table 3-3). Gee (1999, 2005) also noted that or ganizing text in this fashi on allowed the researcher to check for patterns in peoples speech or text and find basic themes. During the phase of analysis, 88

PAGE 89

the researcher would shuttle (sic) back and forth between th e actual lines [raw transcript/transformed transcript] and the idealized lines [theorized tr anscript] (Gee, 2005, p. 129). Gee stated that a line and stanza representation of a text [can] simultaneously serve two functions. First, it represents the patterns in terms of which the speaker has shaped her meanings [and] second, it represents a picture of [the] analysis, that is, of the meanings [the researcher is] attri buting to the text (p. 136). Groups of stanzas can be organized into stor ies and then divided into story body parts, connected blocks of information that can be used to discover structure in information, and which, in turn, can help the researcher to look more deeply into the text and make new guesses about themes and meaning (p. 136). Working with transcriptions is the first st ep in Gees analysis. Building Tasks The analysis will continue by questioning th e data already converted into theorized transcriptions with stories divided into body parts. For this ph ase, Gee (1999, 2005) developed a set of building tasks, divided into seven areas of reality. These are significance, activities, identities, relationships, politics, connections and sign systems and knowledge (Figure 4-1). Each one of the building task s generates a small part of the full picture (Gee, 2005, p. 110) because they are deeply inter-related ( p. 104), and together [they] constitute a system (p. 102, emphasis in original). Analysis is then produ ced by answering a set of questions related to each one of the building tasks. The reflection that accompanies this stage helps the researcher to give meaning to language (p. 110) and to theorize with the data, creating a theorized transcript. However, according to Gee (2005), Actual analys es usually develop in detail only a small part of the full picture (p. 110); that is, not all building tasks are used in every analysis. 89

PAGE 90

Two building tasks were selected to conduct this research; these are the activity and connections buildings. More details about this deci sion are included in the next section. Inquiry Tools In addition to the building tasks, Gee (1999, 2005) uses a set of inquiry tools to help the researcher develop a Discourse model (Figure 42). The inquiry tools include the analysis of social languages, intertextualit y, Conversations, Discourses, s ituated meaning, and Discourse models. These are described by Gee (1999, 2005) in the following way: Social languages are varieties of languages that, in general, have two purposes: first, to express different socially significant identiti es and second, to enact different socially meaningful activities (Gee, 2005, p. 35); they are a representation of what we learn and what we speak (Gee, 2005, p. 37), the result of our cultural experiences and environment. Intertextuality happens when spoken or written te xt alludes to, quotes, or otherwise relates to, another [text] it relates to words that other pe ople have said or written (Gee. 2005, 21). Voithofer (2006) explained that texts do not exist in a discursive vacuum, that intertextuality interrelates cultural, literary a nd historical factors that come together in a moment within a text (p. 204). However, as wi ll be shown below, Voit hofers conception of intertextuality is cl oser to Gees notio n of Conversations. Expanding the notion of intertextuality, Conversations are related to themes, debates, or motifs that have been the focus of much talk a nd writing in some social group with which we are familiar (Gee, 2005, p. 21). When conversations in clude debates, people usually take sides. Conversations as an analytical tool will study wha t sides there are and what sorts of people tend to be on each side (Gee, 2005, p. 35). As Voithofer (2006) indicat ed, Conversations are related to cultural, literary, and historical factors. 90

PAGE 91

Discourses study the who and the what: who ar e those who speak or write their identities (their socially situated identity ), and what are they doing (the activities they are completing; that is, the socially situated activity ). Through discourses, the researcher can identify multiple entities (Gergen, 1999). Gee (20 05) sustained that Different social identities (different whos (sic) ) may seriously conflict wi th one another (p. 25, emphasis in original). Foucault (1972) identified this type of conflict as contradictions, irregul arities in the use of words, incompatible propositions (p. 149). In studying the who and the what, G ee (2005) listed the following Discourse characteristics: Discourses are always embedded in social institutions, have no clear/discrete boundaries, can be split into two or more, or can meld together. Discourses can change over time, emerge as new ones or die; be limitless. In addition, Discourses are defined in relationship with others; they are social practices and mental entities. The next two inquiry tools, situated m eaning and Discourse models, are closely interrelated, as were intertextuality an d Conversations. According to Gee (2005), situated meanings are images and patterns, initially develope d from a word and turned into a theory. Situated meanings are shared within the community in which people live; th ey are rooted in the practices of the sociocultural group to which th e learner belongs (p. 60). To find meaning in context is to find the material se tting where people are present; it is to find what they know and believe, their social relationships ethnic, gendered, and se xual identities, as well as cultural, historical, and institutional factors (p. Gee, 2005, 57). Gee (2005) agrees with Barsalou (1992), in considering situated meanings, mid-level patterns or generalizations (p. 66, emphasis in original), betw een two extremes, the general and the specific. However, situated meanings, like Discourses, are neither static nor definitions. 91

PAGE 92

Instead, situated meanings are f lexible transformable patterns th at come out of experience and, in turn, construct experience as meaningful in certain ways and not others (Gee, 2005, p. 67). As an inquiry tool, situated meaning is a thinking device (Gee, 2005, 70). The inquiry tools used in this research include soci al languages, intertextuality, discourses in terms of what people are doing and how they are interacting, and situated meanings how they generate meaning together. These should help the researcher deve lop a discourse model explaining how mathematics knowledge was constr ucted through the use of the discussion forum alt.math.undergrad at The Math Forum @ Drexel Discourse Models Initially called cultural m odels (Gee, 1999, 2000), discourse models (Gee, 2005) start by making assumptions and end with preliminary explanations of the world we live in. They help us make sense of things, understanding texts and the world; they help us pr epare for action in the world (Gee, 2005, p. 75). Still, discourse models need not be complete, fully formed, or consistent (Gee, 2005, p. 85). Moreover, discourse models are shared by peopl e belonging to specific social or cultural groups (Gee, 2005, p. 95); distributed across the di fferent sorts of expertise and viewpoints (Gee, 2005, p. 95). They are what Foucault (1972 ) called discourse fo rmations; that is, positivitys. Gee (2005) also sustained that Dis course models link to each other in complex ways to create bigger and bigger storylines ( p. 96), which in turn would approximate to Foucaults (1972) conception of the archaeology of knowledge. Th e development and refinement of a discourse model will help validate the research findings. Reviewing the Preliminary Discourse Model Once the researcher is ready to construct a Discourse model, s/he has reached the third level of Gees discours e analysis. The initial Discourse model statement is then tested with more 92

PAGE 93

data in a recursive analysis (stage 4). As stated before, discourse models can change in different ways by adding, changing, refining, and deleting co mponents until an explanation closer to the data set can be reached. In this research, the preliminary discourse mode l is the result of Augus ts data analysis and interpretations. This model will then be re vised and refined as more data is analyzed. To Summarize Gees method offers the researcher the methodol ogy rigor necessary to pay attention to the object of research. The process includes theorizing with data, questioning the data from different standpoints (building tasks), usi ng inquiry tools to further anal yze the data set, developing a discourse model (an explanation), reviewing, refining, and validating it with additional data. This process will help the researcher examine the transformative di alogue generated in an online asynchronous discussion forum, in which participants constructed new mathematical understandings about high school and first a nd second year undergraduate mathematics. Data Collection Procedures As previously stated, this research analyzed asynchronous data archived in digital format from an online public discussion forum, a leading center for mathematics and mathematics education on the Internet ( The Math Forum @ Drexel 2004). Digital archived data are free and accessible to all Internet us ers (Bolick, 2006, p. 122) and take advantage of computers characteristics. In this research, data was the product of voluntary participation in the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum. Data can also be clas sified as primary sources, since it was recorded while participants of the discussion forum interacted with each other without the intervention of others. Data collection was limited by the time period under analysis, which included one academic semester, starting in August of 2004 and ending in December of 2004. During this 93

PAGE 94

period of time, the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum listed 761 threads that generated more than 3,800 postings. The selection of threads (topic s) was narrowed down to select those with a specific number of postings and content areas of fered in high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics. The number of postings (messages) in each thre aded discussion (topic) varied in terms of participation, from less than five to more than 100. However, only threads composed of 10 to 25 messages each were chosen for analysis. The number of postings (messages) was important because the analysis incorporated identifying si x body parts to a single mathematics story. This decision was based on the results of the pilot stu dy that showed stories could be subdivided in their body parts for in-depth analysis. Threaded di scussions are developed in a hierarchical style and include one or more stories, like branches of a tree. Th erefore, having fewer than ten messages would make it difficult to find all of the components of a story (Table 3-3). A total of 37 threads met these criteria. In addition, permission from the University of Floridas Institutional Review Board-02 was solicited, but reviewers indicated that no consent form was require d from the participants since the archived data was previously collected (See Appendix B). Besides, no personal contacts with the users of the Math Forum @ Drexel discussion group were established. Only the postings with the indicated characteristic s were chosen for analysis. In summary, threaded discussions (topics) selected for analys is consisted of those with 10 to 25 postings (messages). They included topics related to high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics. A time limit was established for analysis, and only those postings written from August to December of 2004 in the alt.math.undergrad discussion group of the Math Forum @ Drexel web site, located at a university in the east of the USA, were analyzed. 94

PAGE 95

Participants who generated the data for this st udy were voluntary users of the discussion forum. Data was asynchronously generated, digitally archived, and accessible through the Internet. Although no consent forms were ne cessary (See Appendix C), the Math Forum @ Drexel was contacted and permission was granted to conduct this research. Data Analysis Process in this Dissertation Project Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis was chos en to analyze the different storylines presented in the threaded data located at the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum. This type of analysis involved asking questions about how la nguage, at a given time a nd place, is used to construe the aspects of the situ ation network as realized at that time and place and how the aspects of the situation network simultaneously give meaning to that language (remember reflexivity) (Gee, 2005, p. 110). Following up on Gee s statement, in this research, the time of analysis was one academic semester (August to December, 2004), the place was the alt.math.undergrad at the Math Forum @ Drexel web site, the setting was the online public discussion forum, the language was mathematics, and the simultaneous network was related to the different types of interacti on, negotiation, and discursive collaboration practices taking place in each threaded discussion. Threaded discussions are bounded by a beginning and an ending. As a result, the activity building task was selected as the main source of analysis. The connections building task helped establish relevancy within, betwee n, and among threads. The inquiry tools used in this research (social languages, intertextualit y, discourses, and situated meani ngs) supported the analysis of the data. This analysis permitted the identification of instances where coordinated actions conducted in collaboration with others generated meaning (Gergen, 1999). This type of analysis also allowed the researcher to iden tify the sources of polyvocality present in the data. According to Gee (2005), human language supports the performance of 95

PAGE 96

social activities and social identities [as well as] human affiliation within cultures, social groups, and institutions (p. 1). Data in the alt.math.undergrad discussion foru m was organized by topics (threaded discussions). The threads, composed of ten to twenty-five messages/postings, were further analyzed. Each topic (threaded disc ussion) was represented in a tree diagram to identify the flow of conversati on and the interactions that took place between its participants. Each branch of the tree diagram represented a storyline. This also provided a means to identify the different parts of a story and to compare th em with one another. In order to inform the research question, the content of each storyline and its corresponding body parts were then analyzed using the activity and c onnections building task s questions designed for this research (for details go to the next section). The use of inquiry tools and building tasks as presented by Gee (1999, 2005) allowed the researcher to develop a model of how mathema tics knowledge was constructed and negotiated in an online discussion forum. This type of model was categorized by Gee in 2005 as a discourse model and previously, in 1999 and 2000, as a cultural model Although both categorizations relate to the same concept, G ee, in 2005, decided to emphasize its discursive component. Still, the researcher prefers cultural model over discourse model because it not only takes into concern that knowledge is developed through the analysis of discourse, but it also emphasizes the context in which it was developed. The cultural compone nt that evidences the idea of a mathematics community is emphasized in this research in accordance with Restivos (1983) conception of sociology of mathematics. 96

PAGE 97

Questioning the Data The specific questions used in this research were as follows: A. From the activity building task: 1. What was the main activity going on in each threaded discussion? [Look at the main question in the first post/message, a nd the setting and catalyst body parts of the threaded discussion.] 2. What sub-activities compos e this activity? [Look at th e crisis, evaluation, and resolution body parts.] 3. What actions took place that composed th e sub-activities of the activity? [Look at the crisis, evaluation, an d resolution body parts.] 4. What types of solutions were presented to the participants of the threaded discussion? [Look at the reso lution and coda body parts.] B. From the connections building task: [Comparisons within the stories of a threaded discussion, and between and among threaded discussions] 1. What types of connections are made with in a storyline, between storylines, and within a threaded discussion? 2. What types of connections are made with other threaded discussions and are there different threaded discussions studying the same question? 3. How is intertextuality used to creat e connections withi n, between, and among threaded discussions? 4. How do connections help to constitute coherence in the discussion forum? [validity] Application of Gees Discourse Analysis Method The procedure or method used in this resear ch included the followi ng steps; one through five identify how data was organized, and st eps six through fifteen states the methods of analysis. These are as follows: 1. Identify the threads by mont h (August to December, 2004). 2. Choose the threads related to high school and first and second year undergraduate mathematics in each month with 10 to 25 postings. 97

PAGE 98

3. Make a summary table with descriptive statisti cs of the threaded discussions related to this research by period of analysis, including content area, number of threads, number of postings, number of participants, and time span of discussion (from fi rst to last posting). 4. Take each topic (threaded discussion) and draw a tree diagram showing the flow of conversation. 5. Convert each tree branch of each tree diagram into a mathematics story. In terms of Gees discourse analysis, these are called macrostructures. 6. Analyze each story (macrostructure) to identif y the story components; these are the body parts of a story, as stated in Gee (Table 3-3). 7. Divide mathematical stories into its component s: (1) setting, (2) cata lyst, (3) crisis, (4) evaluation, (5) resolution, and (6) coda. Th ese components were used to answer the analysis building task questions. 8. Analyze the story lines (microstructure) to identify activities (or sequence of actions) taken place (building activities ta sk from Gees discourse analysis) use of the questions listed above. 9. Look across the threaded discussion stories fo r themes; that is, types of activities the participants engaged in. These helped find patterns of communicati on, similarities, and differences and in tur n, a discourse model. 10. Analyze the storylines to identify connections within and between stories in a thread, and between and among different threads. 11. Look across the threaded discussion stories for connecting themes taken place between the stories in each thread, and between and among the threads. These helped find patterns, similarities, and differences and in turn, a discourse model. 12. Develop a preliminary Discourse model/Cultural model. 13. Repeat steps six through twelve twice (one for data from September and October and another for data from November and December) and modify the Discourse model/Cultural model as needed. 14. Develop a cultural model, a theory that represented the data set. 15. Establish validity. (For more details on va lidity, see section below.). The following sources were used to review and refine the Discourse model: a. Reflexive notes written throughout the pr ocesses of organization and analysis b. Summaries developed throughout the or ganization and analysis of data c. Expert audits dissertation committee 98

PAGE 99

Validity in Qualitative Research Finding validity in qualitative research is a bout building credibility and trustworthiness (Mishler, 1990; Kvale, 1995; Lincoln & Denzin 2000; Patton, 2002). For this reason, qualitative researchers open their work to the reader to be evaluated by them. They ove rtly present the trail that led them to the research interpretations. St ill, from a postmodern view, no interpretation can be considered a final statement (Lincoln & Denz in, 2000) or a generalizat ion or universal truth (Kvale, 1995). To explore validity in qualitative researc h, arguments by Mishler (1990), Kvale (1995), and Patton (2002) are discussed below, including notes of how their id eas of validity were established in this research study. Then, a discussion will follow about how validity was explicitly accomplished in this research project. Mishler (1990) presented valid ity as a process through which a community of researchers evaluates the trustworthiness of a particular study (p. 415). As such, validity is established in different ways, depending upon the type of study conducted by the researcher. In his article, Mishler presented three exemplary studies and sh owed how validity was es tablished in each one. The first study was about Life History Narratives and Identity Formation by Mishler himself. In this study he demonstrated validity by maki ng full transcripts and ta pes available to other researchers. Methods were also used to link data, findings, an d interpretation. The second study, Narrativation in the Oral St yle, illustrated validity by showing full texts and its representations, by theorizing with the transcri pts, and by illustrating how interpretation was reached. In a third study, in which a narrativ e strategy was used, the author followed a sequence of steps, a structural model for the analysis of [a] passage (p. 433), validating his work by making the process visible. 99

PAGE 100

According to Mishler (1990), v alidation of findings is embe dded in cultural and linguistic practices (p. 435); theref ore, validation is provisional. Qual itative researchers need to show consistency in their work and thought pr ocesses so that their conclusions prove trustworthiness. In this research, data was availa ble freely from the Internet, and a trail can be followed from the theorized transcripts to the data itself. Another author who studied va lidity as it relates to soci al constructionism was Kvale (1995). He defined validity as a form to dete rmine if a specified method can be used to investigate what it is intended to investigate (Kvale, 1995, On va lidity and truth section, first paragraph). However, for Kvale, that is not enough. He suggested the need to look at the researchers ethical integrity as well. For Kvale, that is a criti cal component used to establish the quality of scientific knowledge (Kvale, 1995, Validity as quality of craftmanship section, second paragraph). Kvales conception of validity also include d the process of re cursively questioning, checking, and interpreting th e research findings. Some of the stra tegies used in this process are checking meaning of outliers, us ing extreme cases, following up surprises, looking for negative evidence, making if-then tests, ruling out spur ious relations, replicat ing a finding, checking out rival explanations, and getting feedback from informants (Kvale, 1995, Validity as quality of craftsmanship section, forth paragraph). He also stated that, in general, to validate is to question (Validity of the validity question se ction, second paragraph), to question everything. In this research, recursive questioning and r eevaluation of a discourse model was accomplished throughout the process of analysis and interpretation across time. Lastly, Pattons (2002) concepti on of validity is related to three areas: (1) the use of rigorous methodologies; (2) the es tablishment of the researche rs credibility; and (3) the 100

PAGE 101

presentation of philosophical beliefs. To de termine the use of rigorous methodologies, Patton included Kvale (1995) questioning as well as tr iangulation, design, and a pplicability. According to Patton, triangulation can be accomplished in at least eight different ways. These are (1) using different data collection methods (2) using different data sources, (3) having multiple analysts, (4) using multiple theories or perspectives to interpret data, (5) including participants reviews of data and interpretations, (6) including the audien ce feedback, (7) adding personal reflections, and (8) using expert audits, such as doctoral committe es and peer reviewers. A selection of these strategies is made to establish findings credibility. In general, this selection is restricted by theoretical perspectives and me thodologies. In this research, triangulation was possible through the use of reflexive deliberation made throughout the process of organization and analysis of data. It was also possible due to the suppor t and guidance of the dissertation committee. Methodology rigor was accomplished by selectin g epistemology, theoretical perspective, methodology, and methods that matched each other. To determine the researchers credibility, Pa tton (1995) stated that a qualitative report should include some information about the rese archer (p. 566). This information would be related, in one way or another, to the research project. Additionally, background characteristics of the researcher and any personal information that might influence interpretations must be included. Peshkin (1988) called this type of pe rsonal report a subjec tivity statement. The researchers credibility is al so accomplished through intellectua l rigor. Reviewing the data and rechecking interpretations over and over again to make sure they make sense increases the quality of analysis (Patton, 2002, p. 570). In this study, the research er established credibility by exposing her background and person al characteristics to the reader in the subjectivity section. Intellectual rigor was possibl e by closely following Gees discourse analysis methods. 101

PAGE 102

Finally, validity is traditionally classified as in ternal or external. Internal validity refers to how findings correspond to reality; the closer the findings are to reality, the better. However, from a postmodern perspective, all findings and interpretations are medi ated, viewed through the researchers eyes, through her/ his beliefs, and through her/his background. Therefore, research findings and interpretations are limited by the implementation of methodol ogy and the researcher her/himself. This is closely re lated to what Patton calls intell ectual rigor, discussed above. In qualitative research, external validity that is, the genera lization of interpretations or implications of a study is limited to the cont ext of the research. Th erefore, many qualitative researchers will not talk about generalizations; instead, they will present preliminary findings based on the research data and its context. In Gees (1999, 2005) discours e analysis methods, the researcher presents a preliminary explanation in the form of a discourse model or cultural model. This research will present a discourse model of how mathematics know ledge was constructed through transformative dialogue in an online discussion forum. (chapters 5, 6, and 7). Validation is a process that happens thr oughout the process of analysis. Gee (1999) identified four sources of valid ity in discourse analysis. These are convergence, agreement, coverage, and linguistic detail. Convergence is reached when analysis offers compatible and convincing answers to the research questi ons (p. 95, emphasis in original). Agreement is attained when other sorts of research tend to s upport our conclusions (p. 95). Coverage is related to the applications that can be extrapolat ed from the data, or being able to predict the sorts of things that might happen in related sorts of situations (p. 95). Linguistic details are linked to the grammatical devices used in language Still, validation in qualitative research is much more. 102

PAGE 103

In this research, linguistic details validity was present when analyzing the transcripts, converting them into transformed transcripts (u ntil storylines and body pa rts were identified), and then creating theorized transcripts. Examples of such are included in the data analysis chapters, evidencing case studies with raw data, corresponding transformed transcripts and theorized transcript (Mishler, 1990) This process included questioni ng the data in different ways and following Gees methodology rigorously, which ev idenced the researchers ethical integrity and philosophical beliefs (Kvale, 1995; Patton, 2 002). To triangulate data, the researcher used summaries, personal reflections, a nd expert audits (Patton, 2002). Convergence validity was then achieved when using theorized transcripts to answ er the research question. Therefore, internal validity was accomplished through the use of linguistic details and convergence (Gee, 1999, 2005). The research presented here analyzed a fi ve-month period of interactions in the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum located at the Math Forum @ Drexel web site. By using Gees (1999, 2005) methods and consistently following the set of steps presented above (intellectual rigor), a Discourse /Cultural Model was constructed. This model was first based on the findings of the first analyzed month and was then reviewed and refined with additional data of the following four months. Diffe rent storylines were analyzed to identify consistencies and contradictions, incorporating them to the initi al Discourse/Cultural Model. The final Cultural Model allowed the researcher to find a prelimin ary answer to the research question: How does transformative dialogue and ne gotiation facilitate the social construction of mathematics knowledge in first and second year undergraduat e mathematics via an online discussion forum named alt.math.undergrad in the Math Forum @ Drexel web site? Gee (1999, 2005) called this process coverage validity. Other researchers call it external validity. 103

PAGE 104

Limitations Several limitations were present in this research project, some of which are identified in the following lines, although not in any particular or der. First, this research used archived data, available through a public discus sion forum on the Internet. Sin ce the data was archived, no interviews were made, nor were in teractions with the participants of the forum possible. Still, data included discursive collabo rations, embedded in threaded discussions where mathematics knowledge was constructed. For this reason, the main limitation present in this research was not being able to clarify with the participants th e messages (postings) they made in the threaded discussions. The use of triangul ation by including participant s reviews of transformed and theorized transcripts and interpretations was not po ssible. However, to keep the interpretations as close as possible to the data, the researcher kept a journal with notes about the data for every month studied, wrote personal refl ections throughout the processe s of organizing and analyzing the postings/messages in each threaded discussion, and worked closely and in collaboration with expert auditors the dissertation committee. A second limitation related to th e lack of interviews or personal communications with the participants is that of mainly focusing on the cognitive domain (how people develop mathematics knowledge) instead of the affective do main (what are their values, ideologies, or visions). This had a direct impact on the methodology, limiting the building tasks and inquiry tools used to analyze the data. Other limitations were related to the theoretical perspective chosen for this research. By moving away from traditional ideas, the social constructionist theoretical perspective has generated many critiques mainly because for the so cial constructionist knowledge is constructed in relationship, in collaboration, in the communit y, and not in the individual mind. This has set 104

PAGE 105

the stage for criticisms about realism, experien ce, and other mental stat es such as relativism (Gergen, 1994). One major concern of those who criticize social constructionism is their view of what is real, of what is true, what really happened, what must be the case (Gergen, 1994, p. 223). However, social constructionists value multiple views, multiple voices or discourses, and multiple perspectives. Social constructionism opens the door to transformative dialogue, negotiation, and increased possibili ties of new understandings. For the social constructionist, social analys is should help to gene rate vocabularies of understanding that can help us create our fu ture together (Gergen, 1999, p. 195). Moreover, meaning is contextual, implying that mean ing, understanding, and therefore knowledge are related to the context in which it is de veloped, to a particular time and space. The example of the Earth being flat or round has been used to sustain one side of this controversy or the other (Phill ips, 1997, section Kenneth Gergen, paragraph 5; Gergen, 1994, p. 223). At one time in history, the world was thought to be flat, and that wa s true at that time and space, but later the study of the stars and ne w technological developments made it possible for Pythagoras (500 BC) and Aristotle (350 BC) to find new ways to describe the Earths shape. A new conception of the Earths shape was devel oped, and today it is belie ved that the Earth is round. This example presents the importance of time and space and of context when making interpretations. A second limitation to the theoretical persp ective selected is re lated to the idea of experience and mental states. Thes e are contested by social construc tionists, mainly because they lend themselves to an ideology of individualism with all it s invitations to alienation, narcissism, and exploitation, closing the door to explore possibili ties of alternative 105

PAGE 106

constructions (Gergen, 1999, p. 227). To know what is re al or objective, or even what is true or false, is not as important as th e consequences they might have a nd the practical implications that can be made under a specific contention of truth (Gergen, 1999). However, for the constructionist, being settled in a position is never the end of th e story there can always be other ways of looking at things. In this sense, mathematics is a great example. The mathematical competencies that promoted new developments in the seventeenth century and the work of mathematicians to find alternative constructions for writing mathematics (notation development) would have not been possible if ma thematicians had been content with previous findings or work. New possibili ties and new ways of looking at mathematics generated new understandings and facilitated the construction of new mathematics. As was noted before, mathematics is a cultural expression (Restivo, 1983). A third criticism of social constructionism ha s to do with the incohe rence of skepticism (Gergen, 1999, p. 227). Some critics ask, Isnt the social constructionist position itself a social construction? (p. 228). The social constructionist would answer in the affirmative; and they will address the importance of reflexivity and new po ssibilities. (For more on this issue see the section titled Social constr uction in education at th e beginning of Chapter 3.) Again, there is no final word for the constructionist. Because of this, relativism is probably the main argument used against the soci al constructionism theo retical perspective. Critics may ask how moral and poli tical deliberations can be made if there is no final word. Social constructionists would an swer with other questions such as: Whose moral or political stance must be taken? Is ther e something good for everyone, a uni versal truth? Why not accept that there are multiple and compe ting realities, a local morality, or local goods? For the social 106

PAGE 107

constructionist, no single voice could ever be the answered; instead, there should be conversation, dialogue, and negotiation; that is, meani ng making in relationship. In this research, transformative dialogue interaction, discursive collaboration, and negotiation was examined in order to devel op a discourse/cultural model (Gee, 1999, 2005) of how mathematics knowledge was constructed in an online discussion forum. However, the researcher does not intend this model to be the final word about mathematics knowledge construction in online environments. This model can be contested and reviewed by others, including mathematics sociologists, mathematics educators, and mathematics researchers. This model could also be the continua tion of a conversation that addr esses the use of technology in mathematics; it could even be an invitation for re searchers to collaborate in finding new ways to teach and learn mathematics, new ways of meaning making th at adds to the notion of sociology of mathematics The possibilities are endless. 107

PAGE 108

Figure 4-1. Components of an ideal discourse analysis Activity Sequence of actions Significance Sorts of meaning Sign systems Equations, graphs, images, diagrams Politics Distribution of social goods Building Tasks Identities Participant roles Relationships Social interactions Connections Going back and forth, relevant to others 108

PAGE 109

Social languages Situated meanings Discourses Conversations Intertextuality Discourse/Cultural Model Figure 4-2. Inquiry tools used in Gees discourse analysis 109

PAGE 110

CHAPTER 5 CONSTRUCTING MATHEMATICS K NOWLEDGE THROUGH ONLINE COLLABORATION Preamble This study analyzed five months of data from a discussion forum in the Math Forum @ Drexels website. Discourse analysis, as stated by Gee (1999, 2005), was used to perform data analysis. Specifically, it followed the steps introd uced in Chapter 4. In general, analysis was organized by period, thus provi ding the researcher the opportunity to develop a preliminary mathematics discourse model after the first period of analysis (August Chapter 5) and then to review and refine the model throughout the fo llowing two periods (September and October Chapter 6, and November and December Chapter 7). Each case of study was a threaded discussi on, a set of related messages. These were analyzed to differentiate the stor ies present in each thread. Their structures were then converted into tree diagrams that showed several branch es and sub-branches, which in turn identified different dialogues or stories wi thin a discussion. These stories were rewritten into theorized transcripts and were further analyzed. Each thread had a specific mathematics topic introduced as a question or problem (catalyst). These were included in the first message of the discussi on (original post). On occasion, they also included a specific set ting. The messages that followed examined the question or problem (evaluation and crisis co mponents of a story) until a resolution was achieved. Some threads also included a coda addi ng additional information to the threads. This chapter is the first of three data anal ysis chapters and incl udes the analysis of Augusts data. The organization of this chapter is similar to that of the next two data analysis chapters which include the analyses of the following months until December. The first three sections of each chapter explain the analysis of the main components of each story. The first 110

PAGE 111

includes the analysis of the se tting and catalyst; the second co ntains the analysis of the evaluation, crisis and resolution; and the third provides the analysis of the coda. The researcher used the activity and connections building tasks as the main source of analysis, using data questions listed in Chapter 4. However, data also allowed the researcher to explore other building tasks. Further details are included in the introduction of each chapter. Finally, to end each chapter, a preliminary mathematics discourse model is presented to the reader. It shows how mathema tics knowledge was negotiated a nd constructed throughout each period of study in the onli ne discussion forum of the Math Forum @ Drexels website. The first month, August, provided the basis for a general ma thematics discourse model. The patterns that started to emerge at this point were revi ewed and refined throughout the following months. Nevertheless, the final model can only be taken as a tentative way of constructing mathematics knowledge in a specific online discussion forum. Introduction to Augusts Data A total of four threaded discussions met the se lection criteria in the month of August. As stated in Chapter 4, these were threaded discus sions with 10 to 25 messages (posts) that included mathematics topics ranging from General Mathem atics to Calculus. In the first period of analysis, the following mathematics topics were present: Pre-Calculus (Exponents), Calculus (Radius of an Arc and Integ rate!!), and Discrete Mathema tics (Probabilities). Table 5-1 shows the number of postings in each threaded discussion. They fluctuated between 10 and 17 messages and produced from one to 10 st ories in a single th readed discussion. Tree diagrams were constructed to follow the co nversations that took place in the threaded discussions (Figures 5-1 and 5-2). These were sets of posts (m essages), represented as rectangles, that followed an original communication (origi nal post). Arrows coming out of a rectangle indicated that one or more replies were made to a message. Starting at the original post and 111

PAGE 112

following the arrows downward until there are no more arrows, a branch of the tree diagram was identified. Each tree diagram represented a th readed discussion and included one or more branches. Branches were identified as Stories and were noted where they occurred in the diagrams. Examples of stories with two messages are found in Figure 5-1 (Stories 1, 9, and 10) and in Figure 5-2 (Story 3). Some stories included simila r posts, and in the extreme cases only the last post was different. That is, they had more than one ending (differe nt codas). A total of 20 stories were identified among the four threaded discussion s selected for analysis in the August data. Part I of this analysis describes data usi ng the activities and connections building tasks. Both building tasks provided the tools to identify main activities and sub-activities related to the construction of mathematics knowledge. These were organized into three main sections: Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction, with information about the setting, about how the authors of a problem or question of an original post guided the participants, and about how the authors positioned th e questions; Problem Evalua tion and Solution Generation, concerning how inductive reasoning, algebra, an d geometry were used throughout the evaluation, crisis, and resolution of the di fferent stories; and August Coda (s): Additional Information, suggesting how to use the forum to promote a better discourse among its participants. Data from the first month also allowed the re searcher to explore tw o more building tasks: sign systems and knowledge, and iden tities (Part II of the analysis). First, the sign systems and knowledge building task was used to analyze data that showed how authors used common language and mathematics notati ons as well as their comments regarding its importance. Second, the identities build ing task helped to examine the F orum participants, thus allowing 112

PAGE 113

the researcher to describe those who inter acted in the forum to construct mathematics knowledge. Part 1: Analysis of Activities and Connections Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction The setting and catalyst of each threaded discussion in the August data were included in the original post (first message of a thread). Ac cording to Gee (1999), the setting sets the scene in terms of time, space, and characters, ( p. 112) and the catalyst sets the problem. Setting: Use of time, space, and characters Using the Math Forums website, the Discussion Forums space was controlled by the software itself. It provided participants two textboxes; the first was used to add a topic (which worked as a title) and the second to add a text message. This second textbox had no limitations on the number of words, symbols, lines of text, or equations used. It was in this second textbox that participants added questions or problems to further analyze them in collaboration with other participants. This site had no constraint of tim e, since it was available 24 hours, seven days a week. Data showed that three out of four original posts did not include a specific problem setting; that is, they did not make reference to time, character, or space related to the math problem itself. The only thread that made reference to time a nd character was the Probability thread. Data follows: I SETTING & CATALYST Stanza 1: Presenting the problem Alfredo 1 Recently 2 a prominent political figure stated 3 that the probability of finding 2 persons 4 with the same Birthday date 5 in a group of 50 6 is almost 99% 113

PAGE 114

7 is it true? 8 how do i calculate that? In terms of time, the author indicated that the problem was recently" stated. Therefore, this problem was probably stated during the pr evious weeks, around the months of July or August. There were, however, no more indications of time. In this same message, a character was identified when indicating who proposed the pr oblem, that is, a prominent political figure. However, no other characteristics of this person were added. Finally, there was no indication of where the author heard the problem. The fact that only one out of the four thread s selected for analysis included a setting and that it did not include many details pointed to the idea that stating a setting in a math problem in this environment was not as important for the participants as stating the problem itself. This was also a reflection of how mathematics is taught at most secondary schools and college. There is an emphasis on abstract ideas instead of concrete or real life prob lems. The following chapters will continue to examine how the setting was used to present mathematics problems and questions to confirm or reject this preliminary outcome. Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions Most authors started the threaded discussions with the presentation of a question based on a specific problem. These were introduced in diffe rent ways. Participants included explanations and examples and paraphrased questions or problem s. For example, in the thread Radius of an Arc, the question was written at the begi nning of the message and was followed by an explanation that included a para phrased question. The author th en ended the message with a comparison to another problem. The following portion of data shows this interaction. I CATALYST Stanza 1: The Problem Sebastian 1 Is it possible to find 114

PAGE 115

115 2 the radius of an arc 3 given just two points 3a (coordinates) 4 of the arc? Stanza 2: Explanation 5 In other words, 6 every arc 6a is part of a circle 6b with a certain radius. 7 If two coordinates 7a (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) 7b of the arc are given, 8 can the radius 9 be worked out 10 using those two coordinates? Stanza 3: Comparison 11 I have been able to do this 12 given three points of the arc 13 but the application 14 I am working with 15 has only 16 two known points 16a of the arc. In the first Stanza, Sebastian presented the main question of the problem to the forum participants and included specific conditions and an alternative way to identify the points in a graph (the coordinates). The s econd Stanza started with the conn ection clause In other words and was used to elaborate on the ques tion presented in the first stanza. As shown in the data sample above, Sebastian wanted to make sure that the question he posed was understood. For this reason, he decided to use different methods to state his problem. First, he presented the question (L ines 1-4), and then he included an explanation (Lines 5-7a). In this way, he stated the conditions under whic h the problem had to be evaluated. He also paraphrased the initial ques tion (Lines 8-10) in an attempt to make clear what he initially meant. To end this original post, Sebastian added a comparison to a similar problem (Stanza 3), an

PAGE 116

explanation of when he was able to find the radius of a circle. He guided future participants in a specific direction so that the evaluation of his problem was as accurate as possible. Thus, the author tried to be very clear and specific about his question. A counterexample was found in the Integrate thread, where the author asked for help by stating a direct question. I CATALYST Stanza 1: Presenting the problem Mara 1 I need some help 2 to find step by st ep integral!!!! 3 sqrt(1+x^2)dx =?????? In this case, no details are offered to the pa rticipants; there is just a question with no examples or paraphrasing. No pattern seems to be used to present the mathematics question to the participants of the forum. The only commonality between this post and others was that like most of the original pos ts, there was a question. During the first month of analysis, most partic ipants (three out of four) used direct or indirect questions to introduce their problems or questions. For example, participants stated, I need some help to find ., Is it possible to fi nd .?, Can the be worked out?, Is it true? How can I calculate .? Through these indirect and dire ct questions, original posts authors took the voice of those who seek fo r support from more knowledgeable others. Some included a tone of skepticism (Is it true?); some asked for assuran ce (I have been able to. .); some overtly sought step by step procedures; and still others asked for analysis (Is it possible to .). In most cases, partic ipants entered the Math Forum to find help, and they asked specific questions to locate more knowledgeable ot hers who could provide that help. Having the question at the begi nning or end of a message di d not significantly influence the number of replies in these threaded discussions. Original posts with questions at the 116

PAGE 117

beginning of the messages generated between eleven (11) and sixteen (16) replies. Those with questions at the end of the messa ges generated nine to fourteen (14) replies. However, not all original posts included a speci fic question. In the thread Expone nts, the original post included a problem with a possible solution and an example. I CATALYST Stanza 1: Presenting the problem Frank 1 Raising 3^x = 0 to 1/x 2 We get 3 = 0^(1/x) Stanza 2: Presenting a possibl e solution of the problem 3 Using 3^x = y 4 taking the natural log 5 we have x ln 3 = ln y 6 or x = (ln y)/(ln 3), 7 a simple log function 8 not defined at y = 0 As shown above, there was no specific questi on in this thread; only a problem and a possible solution were stated. Franks mathemati cal statement was a statement that supported a specific idea instead of a ques tion that looked for more inform ation, help, or corroboration. In this post, there was no overt guidance of what the author wanted or needed. Instead, Frank showed how he started solving the problem by explaining how he had analyzed the problem. This post presented the opposite situ ation of that of Sebastian (above ). Nevertheless, this did not discourage participants of the forum, and they engaged in an interchange of ideas on the topic that led to a discussion between two partic ipants, a controversy interrupted by a more knowledgeable third party who ended the thread. In summary, two major ideas can be gathered from these examples: first, most threads included a question in the original post, and second, the location of the question did not affect the number of replies. Additionally, in most threads (three out of four) the first message did not 117

PAGE 118

include a specific setting to the problem. Instead, authors chose to present the problems (catalysts) using different methods such as questions, paraphrased questions, examples, and other comments that guided the participants of the fo rum to answer the question presented to them. Only one thread included a partial setting that ga ve the time and character associated with the problem, but this information was not relevant to answering the question. The questions in the catalyst section were in cluded in different areas of the messages. Whether at the beginning or at the end of the post, the place ment of the questions did not influence the number of replies received. A count erexample was found when the author of one post did not include an overt que stion (no direct or indirect question) but only included a problem with a possible solution. Although this did not discourage the users of the forum from engaging in the evaluation of the problem, only one story with two participants was generated from this original post, and it ended with a message from Tom, a third, more knowledgeable participant who clarifie d and thus ended the discussion. The author of this thread did not participate in the conversation; instead he stayed in the backgr ound until the problem was resolved by Tom. Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation After initiating a new thread by asking a question or presenting a problem, voluntary participants engaged in a dial ogue that promoted the constr uction of mathematics knowledge. Participants worked together to build the problem to the point of requiring a resolution (crisis), including material that [made] clear why the story [was] interesting and tellable (sic) (evaluation) until they found one or more solu tions (resolution) to the problem (Gee, 1999, p. 12). The following pages include the analysis and inte rpretation of the participants interactions that exemplify how they collaborated to construct mathematics knowledge. First, algebra 118

PAGE 119

manipulations were used to solve mathematics problems. However, using algebra as the sole source of information to find the solution to pr oblems was not always enough. The principles and definitions behind a problem pointed to specific algebra uses and manipulations. Participants also used geometric definitions and drawing explorations to develop mathematics knowledge. For example, in the thread Radius of an Arc, participants engaged in a series of posted contributions that included specific and general algebra solutions as well as geometric explorations. An example of algebraic misinter pretation was found in th e thread Exponents. In the thread Radius of an Arc, participants evaluated Se bastians question in different algebraic ways. For example, in Story 2, Ral ph introduced inductive reas oning through algebraic manipulation. He tested different coordinates that sa tisfied the premises stated by another participant of the thread in a previous message. Stanza 15: Building a generic ca se through inductive reasoning: Case 1 Ralph 104 How about: x^2 + (y 4)^2 = 25 105 Let's test it for (3, 0): (3)^2 + (0 4)^2 = 25 9 + 16 = 25 25 = 25 check! 106 [test it for] (-3, 0): (-3)^2 + (0 4)^2 = 25 9 + 16 = 25 25 = 25 check! 107 So a circle 108 of radius 5 with center (0, 4) 109 passes through (3, 0) and (-3, 0). Stanza 16: Case 2 110 Or how about: x^2 + (y 5)^2 = 34 111 [test it for] (3, 0): (3)^2 + (0 5)^2 = 34 9 + 25 = 34 119

PAGE 120

34 = 34 check! 112 [test it for] (-3, 0): (-3)^2 + (0 5)^2 = 34 9 + 25 = 34 34 = 34 check! 113 So a circle of radius sqrt(34) 114 with center (0, 5) 115 passes through (3, 0) and (-3, 0). Stanza 17: A generic case 116 Or how about: 117 x^2 + (y 6)^2 = 45 118 x^2 + (y 7)^2 = 58 119 x^2 + (y 10)^2 = 109 120 and even 121 x^2 + (y k)^2 = k^2 + 9 In Stanzas 15 and 16, Ralph included detailed work, showing all th e steps (algebraic manipulation) he made to test a possible solu tion. In Stanza 17, he presented three more equations (lines 117 to 119), but he did not includ e all the details, leaving it for the reader to complete the same way he previously did in St anzas 15 and 16. In Line 121, Ralph presented a generic equation that could be us ed to find more specific cases. In Story 4 of the same thread, Jack also built on Joes coordinates to find a solution to the problem. He stated a similar argument to that of Ralph but from a more abstract position (See Stanza 15 below). Equations were stated, and pos sible values for the variables were given (Stanza 16 and 17), but deta ils were left out for th e reader to complete. Stanza 15: Equation: Abstract statement Joe 104 x^2 + (y-b)^2 = c^2 105 will be a circle 106 through both 107 (3,0) and (-3,0) 108 whenever 3^2 + b^2 = c^2, 109 which will be true 110 for infinitely many pairs 120

PAGE 121

111 of values for b and c Stanza 16: Cases of study 112 In particular, 113 for b = 0, c = 3 and 114 for b = 4, c = 5, 115 so right here we have 116 two circles of different radii. Stanza 17: Arriving to a generic solution 117 In fact, for every real number b, 118 let c = sqrt(9 + b^2) and 119 you will get as many circles, 120 x^2 + (y-b)_^2 = c^2, 121 as there are real number values for b, 122 all passing through both 123 (3.0) and (-3,0). RESOLUTION Stanza 18: Stating a solution 124 So the number of circles 125 is uncountably (sic) infinite, 126 much "larger" than 1 Starting with a general argument (Stanza 15), Ja ck wrote an equation, an abstract statement (line 104) that was explained in the lines that fo llowed. He based his argument on Joes previous example (Stanza 4) of two possible coordinates that belong to a ci rcle. Jack went on to show two particular cases where the equation held (Sta nza 16, Lines 113 and 114), demonstrating that it was possible to find more than one circle passi ng through the same two co ordinates. Then, in Stanza 17, Jack presented a gene ral solution to the problem. Ralph and Jack both used a similar perspec tive when analyzing this problem. They both used their knowledge of algebra to build a soluti on to the problem. Ralph started his presentation by showing the readers all of th e details on how to solve the e quations he posed. Jack, however, left these details to the reader. His presentation was more concise but also more abstract, leaving much of the work to the reader. The Radius of an Arc question was also analyzed from other 121

PAGE 122

mathematical perspectives in this thread. In the section Geometry references and drawing explorations, the geometric counterpart of this analysis will be presented to the reader. First, however, a look at algebraic misinterpretations will follow. When users of math do not take into account the principles and definitions related to a specific problem, they could engage in algebraic misinterpretati ons. This is not only related to computation errors; it also includes the use of sp ecific principles to analyze a problem and find a solution. That was the case presente d in the thread titled Exponents. Technical explanation: In pure mathematics, the equation 3^x = 0 has no solution. This equation reads three to the x equals zero or thr ee risen to the exponent x equals zero. To find a solution to the equation 3^x = 0, you would need a value for x that makes both sides of the equation equivalent, but that value does not exist. By definition 3^0 = 1, and as you substitute x for a positive integer, you will get a value greater than one, that is a positive integer such as 3^1 = 3, 3^2 = 9, and 3^3 = 27. If you use positive fractions to substitute for the exponent x, the equation will still give you a positive value. Fo r example, 3^(1/2) = 1.73 (the square root of three) and 3^(1/3) = 1.44 (the cube root of thre e). Otherwise, if you cons ider negative fractions or negative integers such as 1, -2, -3, the solution to this equa tion will still be positive. Other examples can be 3^(-1) = 1/3 = .33 and 3^(-1/2) = 0.58. Thus, when evaluating 3^x, only positive solutions are possible; that is, the solutions are gr eater than 0. Therefore, 3^x is never equal to zero, and 3^x = 0 has no solution. Figure 5-3 shows a graph of 3^x = y (where y is any possible solution). It shows how the curve of 3^x is above the x-axis, producing only positive solutions. A close examination of the graph shows that the cu rve approaches the x-axis in the negative side (to the left hand side on the horizon tal axis), but never touches it. 122

PAGE 123

This problem was the source of controversy de veloped by Mike and Jack, two of the four participants in this thread. Th e author of the thread, Frank, stayed in the background without making any other comments. The forth participant, Tom, also stayed silent until the end, at which time he presented the resolution. Throughout th e evaluation and crisis of this thread, Mike and Jack engaged in a dialogue in which Jack tr ied to convince Mike of the possibilities of finding a solution to the equation 3^x=0. As shown above, in the technical explanation, such a solution was not possible. The controversy was not resolved until a third party interrupted the controversy. Mike and Jack star ted their interaction as follows: Stanza 3: Problem evaluation Mike 9 The exponential function 3^x 10 never takes (sic) the value zero. 11 You are starting from an equation 12 that can never be satisfied. Stanza 4: New possibilities Jack 13 True, 13a if were dealing 14 only with real numbers, 15 but in the extended real numbers 15a [-oo, +oo] 16 3^x = 0 16a when x = -oo In Stanza 4, Jack tried to introduce a new math ematical interpretation to the problem. He explored the idea of the exponent as a negative infinitive (Line 16a ), but Mike tried to maintain the definition of the equation base d on mathematical principles. In the lines that followed, they pushed each other to try to interpret and reinterpret the equation beyond its mathematical meaning. Jack was trying to generate new m eaning and Mike was keeping his ideas tied to mathematics fundamentals. Their voices took different positions, pres enting their ideas in different ways. 123

PAGE 124

This was an example of how algebra is re stricted by mathematic al definitions and principles. Although a math rule allows one to complete a step in algebra, taking that step does not necessarily make sense. There is more to algebraic manipulation than simply following the rules. In this particular case, the forum served as a means to explore possibilities that might have been dismissed at once in the classroom due to a lack of time for discussion. It also allowed the space for a more knowledgeable other to present th e definition, origin, and use of exponents, not without first questioning the controversy genera ted by Mike and Jack ab out extended numbers. As Tom stated in the following stanza: Stanza 16: Evaluating the controversy Tom 96 What could be the motivation 97 of someone 98 to want to consider 98 Inf and -Inf as extended "numbers"? 99 That is not helpful Afterwards, Tom went on to introduce the definition and history of exponents (Stanzas 17 & 18). He also made a reference to a professional article published in The American Mathematical Monthly by Knuth (1999). In this way, th e forum expanded its frontiers to professional literature, which could serve as an invitation to go beyond the discussions and controversies taking pl ace in the forum. In summary, using algebraic manipulations to solve problems was used in the forum in different ways. These included three formats: one, giving all details of the work or step-by-step solutions; two, giving enough information to solve a problem but leaving out the details for the readers to complete; and third, giving abstract solutions to solve a problem to generalize a solution. The problems posted in this month also showed how algebraic manipulation was not always enough to solve a problem. It also showed how the use of mathematical definitions as 124

PAGE 125

well as the use of mathematical properties is important to reach mathematically supported solutions. Otherwise, confusion and misinterpretations can result. In addition to algebra, geometry was also used to explore problems and find solutions. Geometry, the study of lines, surfaces, points, and curves, helped the participants of the forum to evaluate the problem posed by Sebastian. A rich set of possibilities was submitted and elaborated on throughout the messages of this thread by multiple participants. For example, John first used the concepts of perpendicul ar bisector and three non-colli near points, Second, Joe wrote about the endpoints of a diameter ; third, Jack introduced the c oncept of the minimum possible radius, and finally Ben showed a way to expl ore this problem on the Cartesian graph. These ideas were spread throughout different stories of the same threaded discussion, thus connecting different ideas among the stories of this thread. Participants were collab orating with each other and helping Sebastian interpret the problem from different geometric angles. John presented the following resolution and evaluation: Stanza 4: Answering a question John 17 No 18 Its not possible to 19 uniquely determine 20 the center of the circle 21 given only two points 22 on the periphery Stanza 5: Perpendicular bisector 23 Each point 24 on the perpendicular bisector 25 of the side connecting 26 the two points 26a (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) 27 will do. Stanza 6: Three non-collinear point s and three perpendicular bisectors 28 If you work with 29 three non-collinear points 125

PAGE 126

30 the center of the circle 31 is the intersection 32 of the three perpendicular bisectors 33 of the sides connecting the points 33a (x1, y1) and (x2, y2), 33b (x1, y1) and (x3, y3), 33c and (x2, y2) and (x3, y3). In Stanza 5, John gave a solution to the problem without an explanation. The reader needed to have an understanding of th e geometry terms introduced in the message in order to understand it. The same happened in Stanza 6 when John contin ued to debate about other ways to find the solution to the problem posed by Sebastian. This time John introduced two concepts in the same stanza. These were three non-collinear poin ts and three perpendicular bisectors with their corresponding coordinates. To understand what John was saying, the readers could draw their interpretations on a piece of paper, use computer software to sketch out the propositions stated, or they could mentally draw the diagrams posed by John. A second geometric analysis of the problem wa s posed by Joe when he used the concept of endpoints of a diameter to clarify when it was possible to find a singl e circle. This idea was previously posed by other members of the foru m, when presenting the algebraic solution. According to Joe, Stanza 19: About endpoints Joe 116 It's true that 117 if 118 (-3,0) and (3.0) 119 are the endpoints of a diameter 120 then 121 there is only one circle. Stanza 20: Infinite circles 125 In fact 126 there are infinitely many circles 126

PAGE 127

127 that contain the points 128 (-3,0) and (3,0). Stanza 21: Using an equation back to algebra 128 Any equation of the form 129 x^2 + (y-k)^2 = 9 + k^2 130 (for any real k) 131 is the equation of a circle 132 that contains those two points. In Stanza 19, Joe used the logic construction if-then to introduce the concept of endpoints of a diameter. With this construction, he stated the conditions under which only one circle can pass through the coordinates (-3,0) and (3.0). As Joe stated, this can occur when the coordinates are the endpoi nts of a diameter. In Stanza 20, he fu rther explained that there can be an infinite number of circles passing through these coordinates. He did not explain why or how this was possible in this story. Instead, he connected his geometric explanation with the algebraic solutions given before by other members of the forum. Furthermore, Joe explained his last proposition in Story 2 when he stated that any point on the y axis / could be a center of the circle with coordinates (-3.0) and (3,0) (Lines 22 and 22a). He implicitly stated that the radius did not need to be three (3) at all times. Jack, in Story 10, also referred to this point when he stated the following: Stanza 4: Minimum possible radius Jack 18 One can find 19 a minimum possible radius 19a half the distance 19b between the points 20 but no maximum The idea that there was no maximum number fo r the radii suggested the infinite number of solutions in this problem. This last point was also explained by J ohn in Story 3 when he suggested looking at the Cartesia n graph and drawing some circles (See lines 145 to 149 below). 127

PAGE 128

Stanza 24: Ends of a diameter John 135 if you have the points 135a (-3,0) and (3,0), 136 those do not have to be 137 the ends of the diameter 138 of the circle 139 They could be points 140 near the top of 141 a really big circle 142 They could be 143 a little above or below 144 the diameter of a circle Stanza 25: Cartesian graph 145 Look at a Cartesian graph 146 and draw some circles147 you'll see that you can draw 148 a LOT of circles 149 going through -3,3 on the x-axis. In summary, by contributing to the analysis of the problem and working with different concepts and viewpoints, particip ants of the forum in this particular thread engaged in a distributed discussion giving pi eces of the solution throughout their messages along different paths of the tree diagram. This showed how the messages in the threaded discussion, though divided into 10 different stories (Figure 5-1), were connected to one another. One reason that made this possible was that five of the seven pa rticipants, including the author of the original post, wrote from two to five messages each. Their dialogue represen ted an instance of intertextuality, where one idea was completed by th e same person at another time, or even when somebody took the idea of another person and comp leted it. The asynchronous characteristic of the medium used in the forum allowed this to happen. In general, participants constructed mathematics knowledge in four ways: (1) using algebraic manipulations, (2) clar ifying algebraic misconceptions, (3) using geometric concepts, and (4) recommending the use of geometric constructions. 128

PAGE 129

Augusts Coda(s): Additional Information Codas were used to show how to address a question or idea to the forum participants. For example, in a follow-up message, the author of the Radius of an arc thread disagreed with another participant by insisting on the co rrectness of his position. He stated: Stanza 5: Insisting on his point Sebastian 23 Im convinced 24 there is a way 27 You may have overlooked this 38 there is only ONE point 39a on the y axis 40 and NOT infinite points Even though they included several misunde rstandings, these statements were not challenged overtly in any of the immediate messa ges. Instead, participants gave examples and presented different ways to look at the problem from algebraic and geometric points of view; they also clarified misunderstandings. The significance of Sebastians post was purposely overlooked by other participants of the forum who took a more c onstructive position and showed him how to evaluate the problem without ove rtly saying that he had a misunderstanding. Sebastians post generated four messages that led to even more replies. However, it was not until later, in Story 7, that Joe, in Post 13, addressed Seba stians statements and gave him some alternative ways to present his id eas to the participants of the forum. CODA from Story 7 Stanza 19: Recommendations Joe 122 make statements like 123 "I don't see how 124 that can be true" 125 or 126 "But it seems to me 127 that 2 points are enough" 128 or 129

PAGE 130

129 "Can you explain further 130 why there are 131 an infinite numb er of circles? 132 I can imagine 133 only the one with center at (0,0) 134 and radius 3." Stanza 20 : Apology Sebastian 139 My sincere apologies 140 to everyone :( Joes propositions evaluated the manner in wh ich Sebastian presented his ideas to the forum. He showed Sebastian three alternative ways to follow-up on his initial question (See Lines 123-124, lines 126-127, and Lines 129-134). At that point, Sebastian was only able to apologize for his initial comments (See Stanza 20 ). His message had already been evaluated by other members of the forum who clarified his mi sconceptions with a variety of algebraic and geometric examples and arguments. Nevertheless Joes message was not unimportant; he gave others options and ideas about how to address the forum when asking follow-up questions in a way that would promote a better discourse between the participants of the forum. Part II: Analysis of Sign Syst ems, Knowledge, and Identities Symbols of Common Language and Mathematics Notation In presenting their mathematics questions or problems, authors mostly used words, but on occasion they also used basic mathematics notati on (symbols) or abbreviations. For example, in the thread Radius of an arc, Sebastian identified two coordinates as (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). In mathematics, coordinates of a point use numbers as subscripts, but the discussion forum system did not provide the opportunity to format text in any way other than simple text (like that of a typewriter). Here Sebastian decide d to write the number after the letter, which did not change its interpretation. This same notation was used by other participants of this thread to identify other geometric constructions. 130

PAGE 131

In the thread about exponents, Frank also used the symbols available on the computer keyboard to present his problem. He stated th e equation ^x = 0, wh ere x was the exponent. The notation he used included the caret (^), which was common in scientific and graphic calculators. These devices show the symbol on their screen but not on the keypad, where exponent keys, such as x2, xy and xn are used. The computer keypad shows the caret symbol (^) on the number 6 key. In the thread Integrate Mara presented a third example of how alternative ways to write mathematics symbols were used. She wrot e the abbreviation of square root as sqrt in line 3, the same way it is used in some spreadsheet programs such as Microsoft Excel She also spelled out the word integral without using abbreviations. There was no symbol available on the keyboard to substitute for the word integral, nor was th ere an abbreviation available in common software. These examples show that transfer from us ing other technologies such as calculators, computer hardware (keypad), and computer software ( Microsoft Excel) occurred when writing about mathematics problems. In an environment th at only allowed for simple text, the writing limitations were not an obstacle for the forums participants; these limitations were overcome by using other techniques borrowed from other technologies. Members of the forum used abbreviations, symbols available on the keypa d, or even spelled out words to clearly communicate the problems and que stions they were posting. Although critics stated before that simple text environments were not conducive to mathematical language in online environm ents (Smith, Ferguson, & Caris, 2003), the participants of these threads found ways to introduce and evalua te mathematical terms. They transferred notation from calcula tors and computer software pr ograms and spelled out complete words when no other symbols were available. In this way, the authors of the threads and those 131

PAGE 132

with whom they interacted were able to express themselves, to present mathematical questions or problems to the forums participants, and to devel op a set of possible solutions that allowed them to reach a resolution. Mathematics notation is an important tool in writing mathematics. According to Tom, in the Exponents thread, the proper notation helps mathematicians in a number of ways. He made the following argument when addressing Mike and Jack and their controve rsy about the use of infinite numbers. 100 notational conventions are put in place 101 for reasons of efficiency 102 of thinking and writing 103 and an aid to instant 104 recognition / apprehension 105 of complicated expressions, 106 to simplify and clean up 107 our writing of math. In lines 101 through 107, Tom explained w hy mathematical notation was important, giving three main reasons: (1) effi ciency of thinking and writing (Lines 101 to 102), (2) aid to instant recognition/apprehension of complicat ed expressions (Lines103 to 105), and (3) simplification of mathem atics writing (Lines 106 to 107). In this way, Tom reinforced the importance of using mathematical notations. In summary, writing in mathematics is not rest ricted to words or text; it also includes the use of symbols. As Tom indicated, symbols ar e used to shorten written explanations or expositions. Symbols are also a part of the mathematics languag e used by all mathematicians. Even though their meanings can cause confusion to new users of math, th e participants of the forum promoted their use and clarified misunders tandings when they arrived. They transferred their knowledge from other technologies such as calculators, computer software, and keyboards to express their mathematical ideas. In writing mathematics, participants of the forum generally 132

PAGE 133

used symbols, abbreviations, or spelled out words in their messages just as do authors of mathematics books. Identities of the Forum Participants Little information is known about the partic ipants of the forum. They were voluntary participants who could be usi ng pseudonyms. In this study, partic ipants of the forum were not contacted at any time, and pseudonyms were used throughout the analysis to protect their online identities. One reference was made about the type of par ticipants of the forum. Tom, in the thread titled Exponents presented his concern about participants becoming confused when arguments were unclear. He identified three ty pes of participants, as follows: Setting 15: About previous discussion 69 novice or 70 casual students or 71 users of math In this way, Tom took the position of a different type of participant, a more knowledgeable other who was concerned about the learner. Par ticipants also included those who provided extra information, thus complementing and even suppl ementing the forum discourses. For example, Tom and Joe gave references to a journal arti cle and a web page, respectively, that further explored the topic under consideration. Therefore, there were at least two general roles engaged in th e discourses of the forum: (1) on one side the novices, casual stude nts, and users of math; and (2) on the other side, the more knowledgeable others, possibly mathematics teachers, instructors, or professors. This concludes the analysis of data for the first period of analysis, the month of August. Putting together the findings st ated above, a preliminary discourse model is presented to the reader in the next section. 133

PAGE 134

Moving toward a Discourse Model: Summary of Augusts Data Analysis To develop the first discourse model the resear cher decided to use a set of questions that could help her organize and summarize the data set. She used six basic questions: what, who, when, where, why, and how. The main focus of this research was answered with the how question which listed the activities and connectio ns the participants engaged in (Figure 5-4). The discourse model presented in this chapter is just a partial account of what the final proposed model will be. This model is based on da ta from four threads of the discussion forum. Patterns are not clear at this moment; they ar e just beginning to emerge. This preliminary discourse model only indicates how participants could construc t knowledge in such an online environment. It will be revisi ted and reevaluated in the followi ng months. This first model is a tool of inquiry for the following periods of analysis. Novice, casual students, or users of mathematic s, together with more knowledgeable others collaborated in evaluating and findi ng different kinds of solutions to mathematics problems in the areas of pre-calculus, calculus, and disc rete mathematic, during the month of August. Participants used the following techniques to collaborate while c onstructing mathematics knowledge: Locating questions in different parts of the original message of a thread and accompanying such questions with examples, explan ations, and paraphrased questions Presenting inductive algebraic reasoning and st ep-by-step procedures, presenting partial procedures so that others could complete the work, presenting genera lizations and abstract statements, and connecting algebraic manipulations to mathematics definitions and principles Presenting different geometric concepts and co nstructions related to a single problem to explore different ways of anal yzing and solving a problem. Connecting algebra and geometry to explore a single problem. Using common language as well as mathematics symbols and abbreviations to communicate. 134

PAGE 135

Complementing and supplementing evaluate d problems by presenting references to documents outside the forum, such as a webpage and a professi onal journal article. Promoting the use of a more open and inviti ng language to ask for follow-up information by providing specific examples. The next chapter presents the data analysis for the months of September and October. It concludes with a review of this Pr eliminary Mathematics Discourse Model 135

PAGE 136

Table 5-1: General description of threaded discussions in August Title Content Area Number of Postings Number of Stories Number of Participants Time Span in Days Radius of an arc Calculus 17 10 7 4 Exponents Pre-calculus 10 1 4 2 Probability Discrete Math 14 4 9 2 Integrate!!! Calculus 12 5 9 3a Note: a) The threaded discussion Integrate!! wa s developed in three diffe rent periods: one day in March, one day in July, and one day in August. 136

PAGE 137

Story 8 Story 6 Story 5 Story 3 Story 2 Story 4 Story 10 Story 9 Story 1 Post 2: Ralph Evaluation, Crisis, and Resolution Post 5: Ralph Algebraic Solution with details Post 8: Jack Crisis and evaluation with examples Resolution Post 6: Sebastian Coda Post 7: John Resolution explanation and reference to the Cartesian plane Post 9: Israel Coda: Asked followup question Post 15: Joe Resolution and coda Post 10: Sebastian Coda: Personal comment Post 11: Jack Coda: Related comment to threads topic Post 12: Israel Coda: Answers personal comment Post 13: Joe Coda: Related comment to threads topic Post 14: Sebastian Coda: Apology Post 4: Sebastian Disagrees with Joe Post 17: Jack Resolution Post 16: John Resolution and Coda Post 3: Joe Geometric and Linear Algebra Solutions Original Post: Sebastian Presents a question, reframes it, and adds work completed. Story 7 Figure 5-1. Radius of an arc tree. Each color represents a differe nt participant. For example, the author of the original pos t participated five times in this thread (see yellow boxes) and was the one with the most participation. All other participants wrote from one to three messages each. This threaded discussi on generated a total of 17 posts, organized into 10 stories, with 6 participants. 137

PAGE 138

138 Story 4 Story 3 Story 5 Story 2 Story 1 Original Post: Problem Post 1 From Mara Post 7 Santos Corroborates answer Presents solution Post 4 Victor Pr ese nt s so l u ti o n Post 5: Louise R e s tat es so l u ti o n Post 6: Louise Co rr ec t s h e r se lf Post 2 Armando G i ves hin t Post 3 Domingo Follow-up Post 8: Gregorio G i ves Hin t Post 9: Penelope Pr ese nt s n ew p r ob l em Post 10: Louise Pr ese nt s alt e rnati ve so l u ti o n Post 11: Louise Co rr ec t s h e r se lf Post 12: Armando Presents new hint Figure 5-2. Integrate!!! tree. This threaded discussion has a total of 12 posts, organized into 5 stories with 8 participants. White color boxe s show participants who only contributed once to this discussion.

PAGE 139

Figure 5-3. Graph of 3^x=y 139

PAGE 140

Why?To find and provide help in learning math What? topics Math Figure 5-4. Writing the discourse model Mathematics Discourse Model Who? Help-seekers and more knowled g eable others How? Activities and Connections When? August December 2004 Where? The Math Forum @ Drexel Where? Discussion Forum: alt.math.undergrad 140

PAGE 141

CHAPTER 6 NEGOTIATING MATHEMATICS MEANING AND UNDERSTANDING Introduction to Septembers and Octobers Data After stating a Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model at the end of the last chapter, new data was analyzed to review the model. Following the same steps introduced before (in Chapter 4) and based on Gees discourse model, th is chapter presents the September and October data analysis. It comments, revise s, and adds details to the previ ous analysis. At the end of this chapter, the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model is restated accordingly based on the analysis this new data showed the researcher. The next chapter will include the analysis of Novembers and Decembers data. In this way, the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model will be reanalyzed and refined to state a workin g Mathematics Discourse Model, one that came from the analysis of five months of threaded di scussions in an online pub lic forum located at the Math Forum @ Drexel. The months of September and October provided th e researcher with a total of thirteen new threaded discussions, seven from September and si x from October (Table 6-1 for details). They each contained between ten (10) and twenty-fiv e (25) messages and examined topics from General Mathematics through Calculus. Specificall y, discussion topics were related to General Mathematics (two), Algebra (one), Statistics (one), Discrete Mathematics (two), Trigonometry (two), Pre-Calculus (one), and Calculus (fou r). As shown in Table 6-1, postings in each discussion included from ten (10) to twenty-thr ee (23) messages, and included the participation of two to nine people. Data did not include a thr eaded discussion with only one story as it did in August. The number of stories in each threaded discus sion ranged from two (Figure 6-1) to nine (Figure 6-2). However, this did not mean the stories were all independent. In many occasions, 141

PAGE 142

stories were intertwined with one another as th e following data analysis will show. An extreme case was represented in Figure 6-3 where a single conversation was divided into eight stories. The next sections include the analysis of da ta using the activities and connections building tasks. Both provided the tools to identify how th e opening post authors and how participants in general constructed and negotia ted mathematics knowledge. As in Chapter 5, activities and subactivities were organized by secti on. In comparison to Chapter 5, th is chapter includes all of the same sections except for the Chapter 5 sect ion titled Common Language and Mathematics Notation. Each section compares its contents with Augusts data and incorporates new details to the previous analysis to include data from September and October. The second and third month of data also allowe d the researcher to co ntinue exploring the identity building task. A set of I statemen ts taken from lines throughout the threads of September and October were used to identify who was seeking for help and what their state of mind was. Using these lines, the socially situat ed identities of the threads opening posts authors were explored and presented in the sectio n titled Identities of the Forum Participants. Part I: Analysis of Activities and Connections Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction The first message (opening post) of each th readed discussion included the setting and catalyst of the stories. It was there where a pr oblem was proposed, where one or more questions were asked, and where the author asked for he lp or corroboration. This post introduced the setting of the thread, which according to Gee (19 99) sets the scene in terms of time, space, and characters (p. 112). Most authors also added a dditional information in the first post, including partial work done. The following sub-sections will analyze the opening posts and their components. 142

PAGE 143

Setting: Use of time, space, and character The setting during the second period of anal ysis was the same as that stated in the previous chapter. For most par ticipants of the public online disc ussion forum (twelve (12) out of thirteen (13), 92%), the time, sp ace, and character of the problem were not relevant. Instead, they used the opening post to introduce one or more questions or a problem. As in Chapter 5, only one thread included a specific setting. Also, as in the previous chapter, this problem was related to probabilities. In this particul ar case, the author wanted to know how to calculate the probabilities of winni ng a legal case because he was going to court. The fact that the topic of this problem was the same as that of Chapter 5 points to a pattern in statistics, indicating that probabi lities are most often tied to a sp ecific setting. This was the only case out of 13 threaded discussions (approximate ly 8%) where a specific setting was described. Taken together with data from August, there are two out of 17 thread s (11.8%) that present a setting, and both are related to probability problems. Data from next month will clarify this outcome. Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions Topics in the threads were introduced in various ways. Par ticipants stated a problem by introducing one or more questions ; they demonstrated how they started their analysis by substantiating their questi ons with partial work done before po sting; they looked for clarification, corroboration, and more. Catalysts were also used for different purposes, from trying to find the answer of a specific problem (to complete an assignment or answer a personal question), to trying to conceptualize a concept, or even to attempting to develop new mathematics. As in data from the previous month, mo st threads added one or more questions, sometimes at the beginning of the thread and so metimes included at the end of the problem presentation or in between the problem explan ation(s). If authors di d not include sufficient 143

PAGE 144

details about their question, they were asked to guide the participants of the forum and indicate the specific help they needed. Participants wanted particulars of the work already done to address a specific question. They overtly st ated that they needed more de tails, that is, more information about what the authors misconceptions were so that they could answer the opening post authors questions. In the Basic Measures thread, for example, Leon pr esented a problem without any question. Here the author gave no gui dance to the participants of th e forum as to what he needed or what his misunderstanding was. He then received an immediate reply asking for more information. In this case, Leon was asked to sh ow his work; he received a reply with the following question: What have you done so far? [ Basic Measures : Story 1, Line 38]. Authors of most threads substantiated their questions with partial work already done. On some threads, this meant stating definitions of terms used or including the algebraic proc edures used to start solving a problem. On other threads, it meant asking for corroboration or looking for understanding. This supports the idea that presen ting a problem alone or a simple question at the end of a problem was not enough to guide the part icipants of the forum to negotiate meaning. In the thread Planarity of a Graph, Norm an introduced a problem and then went on to state the definitions related to the specific prob lem. His was a Discrete Mathematics problem and algebra was not needed to solve the problem; he needed to write a proof. Norman did not ask for a solution or a step-by-step process to solve the problem; instead he asked for tips. This thread is unique because it was the author himself who st ated a possible solution at the end of the first story. A total of three participants (including the author of the or iginal post) shared their ideas and collaborated to find a possibl e solution to the initial problem. 144

PAGE 145

Problems related to calculus were supported using algebra. For example, in the thread Trouble Finding Derivative (Figur e 6-2), the author demonstrat ed step-by-step procedures followed by little or no explanation of why he ch ose a particular method. His was an indirect question: first, he stated the problem, then he argued that Ive done this half-dozen ways, and none gets me the right answer [Lines 4-5], and then he showed two algebraic attempts at solving the problem [Lines 7-15 and 16 to 20] There was no specific question in the opening post of this thread, only the step -by-step procedure to substantia te his problem. The author was looking for clarification. When solutions seemed inco rrect, authors asked for corrobo ration. Such was the case of Jonathan in the thread Tan to Slope, in wh ich he introduced a problem, showed his algebraic work, and indirectly asked for corroboration. Stanza 3: Looking for Corroboration Jonathan continues 13 And yet, while the slope is correct, 14 the 'b' is incorrect. 15 I don't see where 16 I could be going wrong 17 in such a short, short process. He was confused because although he believed that he was following the right procedure, the answer he got as a result of his work was not the same as the one provided by a solution list. This thread generated 11 messages divided into thr ee stories. In this case, the forum was used to confirm the results of the authors work. In another thread, John ended his opening pos t with the statement, Any help / clearing this up / would be very much appreciated [ Derivative : Lines 29-31]. He was looking forclarification and understanding. His opening messa ge presented a problem regarding finding the first and second derivative of a logarithmic function. In his posting, he used algebra to show the 145

PAGE 146

work he had done, as well as written explanations (using words), as if he was thinking out loud. John also used the textbook to find out if his answer was correct but did not understand how the solution was found. His confusion was evident when he asked 23 what I dont understand 24 Is how we got 25 The term 2 + ln t. 26 Where did the + come from? Two more authors who looked fo r clarification were Josefina and Gabriel. Josefina was confused with a trigonometric nota tion. She stated, I assume / 2 sin A is not the same as sin2A / Right? [ 2 sin A vs. sin 2A: Lines 2-4]. Her question had to do with the concept of multiplication and the commutative law, as if in trigonometry the variable A was a specific number instead of an angle of which you had to find the sin function equivalence. This thread generated 14 messages divided into seven stories. In Gabriels case, he sought an explanati on to further understand a logarithm rule (Figure 6-4). He wanted to know why this is [ Logs : Line 5]; he wanted to conceptualize a rule that was given to him. This thread generated three stories and included a total of ten messages with a total of six participants. Three of these participants John, Josefina, and Gabriel, used the forum to develop deep understanding of mathematics instead of surface learning. They were not satisfied with memorizing a classroom rule without knowi ng what it meant. For that reason, they looked for more details, information, and examples to clar ify their misunderstandings with help from the Math Forum @ Drexel participants. They negotiated mean ing and understanding with the more knowledgeable others present in the forum. Deep understanding was not only related to homework problems. In Bernices case, the goal was to find help in devel oping new mathematical equations. Hers was the case of a highschool math addict [ Consecutive Terms : Line 75], as she identified herself, who was interested 146

PAGE 147

in finding general algebraic equations to solve consecutive terms that she was developing on her own. In summary, the authors of the threaded discussions in the months of September and October looked for the following types of answers: corroboration, clarification, deep understanding, tips, and specific answers. Some original posts authors were interested in completing homework questions or problems; others were looking for specific answers and understanding. Close to a third (four out of thirteen, 31%) of the au thors in this period, overtly stated that they were trying to construct d eep understanding of math ematical concepts. Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation Besides using algebraic manipulations, geomet ry references, and drawing explorations, as participants did throughout the August data, foru m participants interacted with one another to clarify definitions and notations Intertextuality was used to break down messages, to cite specific portions, to add, comment, and correct mathematics errors, and to answer questions. Most threaded discussions included citations from other posts or ev en from other stories. In this way, participants were able to analyze speci fic ideas presented by others while trying to minimize further misconceptions. In Graph Planarity, Norman ended the presentation of his problem with the question, Any tips? (Story 1, Line 39, Figure 6-1). To answ er his question, two part icipants, Wilfred (in Story 1) and Sam (in Story 2), re -evaluated the original post and presented a theorem that could help Norman clarify the problem. However, the theorem still was not fully understood by Norman because of the notation iff (if and only if ). In mathematics, this notation is used to present a condition that needs to be satisfied. No rman was reminded of this by Wilfred and then again by Sam. 147

PAGE 148

Story 1 Stanza 11: Notation clarification Wilfred continues 86 Common mathematical usage 87 for 'if and only if' is 'iff'. Story 2 Sam Stanza 7: Clarifying use of notat ion iff in Kuratowskis theorem > From Norman >39 Any tips? >> From Wilfred >>63 Kuratowski's theorem: >>64 G planar iff G has >>65 no subgraph isomorphic >>66 to K_5 or K_3,3, >>67 the Kuratowski graphs. > From Norman >>>77 Yes, >>>78 but what about graphs >>>79 that are unplanar and >>>80 do not have subgraphs >>>81 isomorphic to K[5] and K[3,3]. 53 They don't exist. 54 ('iff' = 'if and only if'.) The use of intertextuality in this story allo wed its participants to develop a conversationlike interaction. As shown above, the greater than sign (>) was us ed to identify the contribution of each participant. In Story 1, the notation iff is expanded to its mathematics meaning, if and only if. In Story 2, Sam used three portions of previous messages note the number of greater than signs used to indicate who said what. Some misconceptions in mathematics occu r because mathematics has its own language. In order to fully understand the mathematical th eorems, corollaries, definitions, and propositions, one must understand what the notation and voca bulary means. Norman did not understand what if and only if meant. This limitation hindered him from fully understanding the topic of study. 148

PAGE 149

Even though Wilfred and Sam tried to help Norm an find a way to solve the problem, his limited understanding of the notation obstr ucted his learning. In this th read, no resolution was reached. In the thread Extrema, Jonathan asked for help in differentiating the function f(x) = e^(-x)*sin x. Part of the discussion led to the analysis of e^(-x) and how to differentiate this factor. Five participants in teracted and negotiated m eaning until a solution to the problem was reached. From a total of eight stor ies in this thread, two (Story 5 and Story 6) evaluated Jonathans work in de tail. Rogelio identified an error in Jonathans work and stated, Thats incorrect [Story 5 and 6, Line 18], and then corrected Jonathans work using intertextuality to explai n why he thought there was an error. Jonathan followed up with another question, and two other particip ants, Morgan and Jake, answered by explaining the difference between positive and negative exponents when diffe rentiating a function. In this thread, the use of intertextuality allowed the pa rticipants to introduce explana tions and to reach a solution. Besides misconception of mathematics principl es and theorems (presented in Chapter 5), computation errors also generated confusion in le arning mathematics. Participants corrected each other using intertextuality, and those who had made the errors accepted being corrected. For example, in Trouble with Derivative (Figure 6-2) Flores, one of the six participants of this thread, identified a computation error by Domingo (observe intertextuality in Lines 31 to 34) and presented the solution in the following way. Stanza 7: Making a correction Flores > From Domingo >31 So the function is the same as >32 -8x ^ 9/2 7x ^ -7/2. 40 OK, so far. >33 Now differentiate and get >34 -16/9x ^ 2 + 49x ^ -9/2 149

PAGE 150

35 I get -36x^(7/2) + 49/2 x^(-9/2) IV RESOLUTION Stanza 8: Agrees with Flores observation Jonathan 36 So did I, 37 and it was the right answer. Stanza 8: Accepts correction Domingo 41 You're right, I stand corrected Flores used intertextuality to evaluate Domingos work. Flores re-stated the error (lines 3334) and then added a line (35) with the correct solution. A thir d participant, J onathan, agreed with Flores, confirming the correction, a nd then Domingo accepted the correction. A second thread, Logs (Figure 6-4), incl uded a correction concerning notation. This time it was an error in an explanation. Once again, intertextuality was used to present the error, and as before, the correction was presented in a single line. Although six participants negotiated meaning in this thread, only two participated in this interchange of ideas. Stanza 5: Correction of previous notation Javier > From Joe >6 a^t = b is the same equation as >7 t = log_b(a), the base-b log of a. 15 ^^^^^^^^ log_a (b) Stanza 6: Accepts correction Joe 16 Omigosh. Thanks for correcting me. When correcting errors, participants also corrected themselves. This was the case of Timothy who noticed an error afte r posting a message. In the thread titled Integral, he added a post to correct himself. He stated 150

PAGE 151

Stanza 6: Correction Timothy continues 50 Whoops 51 -book's answer is ok. 52 And I had a sign mistake 53 in my answer: 54 should be + sqrt[x x^2]. 55 Otherwise the two answers, 56 while different in appearance, 57 are reconcilable. In this thread, Timothy presented the correct answer and explaine d why his answer was incorrect. This did not happen in the previous examples where participants only included the lines with error(s) and a line with the correction. Another source of misconceptions in mathem atics comes from the use of tools and the limitations embedded in them. An example of such is presented in the Zero Story. In this thread, Bernice, the author, examined division by zero. She made a reference to a graphing program when stating the following: Bernice : 20 Also 20 my graphing program 21 on my computer agrees: 22 y=2/x 23 if you find where x=0 24 the y will be at infinite. Her argument was disputed by two other particip ants of the thread. First, Pepin conditioned his answer to the type of problem, one that in cluded vertical asymptot es (lines that bound a graph, where a function has no meaning). Pepin continues 52 Graphing programs are 53 not to be trusted if 54 there are vertical asymptotes. 151

PAGE 152

And second, Mike supported Pepi ns points when he stated: Mike 86 Well, no program 87 -graphing or otherwise 88 should be trusted "blindly". Mike asked for careful consideration of any pr ogram used to solve a mathematics problem. Tools that help solve mathematics problems are not always one hundred percent accurate and can lead to confusion when their limitations are unkn own. This was the case of Bernice. The forum participants then helped her clarify her miscon ceptions regarding division by zero. They used the formal mathematics definition of division as we ll as other examples and references to web articles. In summary, participants of the forum evaluated problems and negotiated meaning by following up on questions, by adding comments, ne w information, and hints, by clarifying and defining concepts, mathematics terms, and notat ion, by presenting specific (step-by-step) and general examples, by introducing an d explaining math rules and properties, by relating answers to other math content (Table 6-2), and by co rrecting mistakes. They also supported math teachers arguments, questioned book solu tions, and analyzed graphing programs. Interaction between participants was possibl e through the use of intertextuality, allowing authors of original posts and othe rs to develop conversation-like interactions that promoted the development of new understandings and meanings as well as the clarification of different kinds of misconceptions. Corrections in the threaded di scussions were accomplished in three different ways. First, participants correct ed themselves; second, participants corrected anothers work; and third, participants confirmed other participants corrections. Participants who made mistakes accepted being corrected. 152

PAGE 153

Septembers and Octobers Coda (s): Additional Information Closing a story in a thread was like closi ng a chapter in a book. Participants of the discussion forum added different ty pes of comments that could or could not be related to the topic of the thread itself. In the last chapter, we saw how participan ts used the coda to show other participants how to address a que stion or idea. In this period of analysis, data showed endings with generic statements that included one or more of the following: gratitude (62%), antagonistic or mocking remarks (15%), and different kinds of recommendations (15%). About a third of the endings were specific to the prob lems stated in the threads (31%). For more details see Table 63. The following are examples of extreme codas presented in the forum, those that showed gratitude and those that presented antagonistic remarks. More than half (8 out of 13 threads, or 62%) of the endings included generic statements of gratitude in the form of thank you notes from the opening post authors. The following is from a simple statement in Zero Story: Stanza 14: Gratitude Bernice 172 Thanks Mike 173 this [is] sorta (sic) exactly 174 what I was looking for. Next is a statement that assessed the authors learning in Probability: Stanza 21: Goodbye post Gary 174 To everyone: 175 Thanks for the education. 176 If nothing else, I've learned 177 to "correctly state the problem" The following are statements that acknowle dged new understanding in Trouble finding a Derivative: 153

PAGE 154

V CODA Stanza 15: Finds understanding and gratitude Jonathan 80 That makes it all 81 make /so/ much more sense. 82 I thank you. Most authors of opening posts expressed their gr atitude to the particip ants of the forum. On a more negative side, 23% of the thread s (2 of 13 threads) included antagonistic or mocking remarks. For example, in Extrema Jonath an (the author of the thread) and Jake (one of the additional eight participants) engaged in a controversy because Jonathan did not include details of his misconceptions when he posted the original message. Jake stated the following: Stanza 14: Continues reply to comment about laziness Jake 155 If you do work on the problems 156 as you say, that's comendable (sic). 157 But in that case, then 158 you would gain a ->lotour
PAGE 155

Stanza 7: The importanc e of intertextuality Jake 68 First: 69 If you don't quote 70 what you are replying to, 71 it is hard to figure out 72 what you are talking about. 73 If, on top of that, 74 your posting software 75 does not even know 76 how to make your messages 77 proper follow-ups, 78 it is nigh impossible 79 to know what you are talking about. 80 Learn some posting ettiquette (sic), 81 please. Still, these two antagonistic cases are the exception when compared to all of the interactions in the forum. They both came from the same particip ant, indicating that most forum users found ways to help those who initiated a thread; they helped by example without making any negative comments. A friendlier atmos phere was prevalent in the forum. Part II: Analysis of Identities As stated in the last chapter, only few references were made indicating whom the participants of the forum represented. Chapte r 5 concluded that there were two types of participants: (1) the novice, cas ual student, and user of math, and (2) the more knowledgeable others, possibly mathematics teachers, instructors, or professors. This chapters data confirms this finding. For example, in Consecutive Terms, the author of the thread referred to herself as a high-school math addict (Story 2, Line 75). Other threads also made references to students. For example, in Distance Word Problem, Joe indicat ed that students seem to think / that the unknown / must always be x [Lines 22-24]. In another thread, Tan to Slop, Jonathan indicated that he would email his professor [Lines 41-43], thus supporting the idea th at he was a student. 155

PAGE 156

In Trouble Finding the Derivative, Joe stated, the rule I tell my students . [Story 9, Line 26], covertly indicating that he was a teacher or professor. Furthermor e, in the Probability thread, the author alluded to math brainiacs (sic) when referring to those who were able to help him [Probability, Story 3, Line 178]. Therefore, characters of the threads in September and October included students, teachers, and professo rs who voluntarily partic ipated in the forum. This confirmed the statement presented in Chapter 5 regarding the identities of the forums participants. Another feature that helped to discover the identity of the threads opening post authors was developed throughout the stories of the thread s in this period of analysis. Their expressions of uncertainty while trying to learn, understand, and figure out mathematics illustrated the state of mind of the participants. In their search for mean ing, authors wrote about their confusion and frustration. They used I statements throughout the different stories in the September and October data to show how they felt. For some it not only meant having a problem; it was deeper than that. They were trying to think, and they were also gue ssing because they could not see where things went wrong. The following is a poem that presents these feelings of uncertainty. Numbers indicate in the thread where the I st atements appear in accordance to Table 6-1. Voices calling out to be heard (2) I have this problem -I agree -I disagree I want to make I would think (3) I came up with [and] I m currently working on (4) I am going to I have been 156

PAGE 157

(5) Im supposed to prove I have to show I stopped Im trying to think Im guessing Ill have to describe (7) I am getting confused I assume (8) I figure I check it [but] I dont see why I dont see where I could be going wrong. Ill repost I answered (9) I know that [but] (10) I need to find I can figure it so far I figure is right Id go on to say I stop there I should go from to [but] I dont understand (11) Im having some trouble I should note that (12) Ive done this a half-dozen ways Ill outline a couple I must be messing up [and] I dont know what Participants in the second period of analysis raised their voices beyond the text of their postings. When analyzing this data, the resear cher was called upon to hear what they were saying. Nothing mattered until she took time to hear their voices calling out for help. The cognitive analysis had to be suspended, as it was impossible to continue wi thout paying attention 157

PAGE 158

to their cries. Help-seekers wanted to learn mathematics, but they needed the support from others. It was as if the text jumped out of the page, calling for attention, making a statement about their state of mind. Once they were noticed, and once their cries were taken seriously, they set them aside and allowed the researcher continue with the cognitive analysis of this chapter. The opening posts authors looked for help in the forum because they wanted to succeed in mathematics. This space provided them with the support they needed, and they were able to interact with more knowledgeab le others to negotiate meaning and understanding. As stated before, more than 60% of the authors openly stated they found a resolution to their problems. They all had the opportunity to engage in math ematical conversations. By themselves, authors did not know what to do; they were confused, a nd they had to guess or even stop. As they stated, they had a problem but we re not able see why or wher e things went wrong. It was together, working with more knowledgeable others that included math brain iacs (sic), teachers, or professors that they were able to succeed in most cases, as they overtly stated in the thank you notes they wrote. Thus the analysis of the Septembers and Octobers data concl udes. Throughout this analysis, original posts author s have presented a problem or question; together with more knowledgeable others, they have evaluated and generated new meanings and understandings while sharing ideas and resources. The next section re-states the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model presented in Chapter 5 by in cluding the analysis of the Septembers and Octobers data. Reviewing the Preliminary Ma thematics Discourse Model Putting together the findings stated above, a revision of the preliminary discourse model stated in Chapter 5 is presented below. This is still a model under construction; two more months of data must be evaluated to complete the anal ysis proposed in this dissertation. The reviewed 158

PAGE 159

preliminary model proposed in this chapter will be refined in the next chapter with data from November and December. Novice, casual students, highschool math students, and user s of mathematics, together with more knowledgeable others (m ath brainiacs (sic), teachers, and professors) collaborated and negotiated meaning and understanding. They evaluated mathematics problems, questions, and inquiries in the areas of general mathematics, algebra, statistics, discrete mathematics, trigonometry, pre-calculus, and calculus. Learne rs and tutors, during the months of August through October in a voluntary on line public mathematics discussion forum that was available 24 hours a day and seven days a week, worked togeth er and found different kinds of solutions as they generated and constructed new mathematics knowledge through the following activities: Presenting questions, problems, and inquiries lo cated in different parts of the original message. Learners included examples, explana tions, and paraphrased questions. They were looking for specific answers, corroborati on, clarification, a nd understanding of mathematical concepts. Negotiating meaning by following up on que stions and adding comments, new information, and hints. They clarified and defined mathematics concepts, terms, theorems, principles, and notations. They used algebrai c manipulations to present inductive reasoning and step-by-step procedures as well as partial procedures so that others could complete the work; they also presented generaliz ations and abstract statements. Negotiating meaning by using geometry, pres enting different geometric concepts and constructions. They explored different wa ys of analyzing and solving a problem. Adding references to famous mathematicians and different types of online sites and documents, including articles, tutorials, webworks, and other discussion groups. Using common language as well as mathematics symbols and abbreviations to communicate. Promoting the use of intertextuality to fo llow up on specific information, questions, and answers. Expressing sentiments of confusion and fr ustration when not succeeding in finding a solution or understa nding a concept. 159

PAGE 160

Being grateful for the help received, assess ing their own learning, a nd stating that they found understanding. 160

PAGE 161

Table 6-1. General description of threaded discussions in September and October Title Content Area Number of Postings Number of Stories Number of Participants Time Span in Days Distance Word Problem (S) General Mathematics 13 6 8 8 Zero Story (S) General Mathematics 15 6 6 10 Consecutive Terms (S) Algebra 16 8 2 12 Probability (S) Statistics and Discrete Mathematics 10 3 5 3 Graph Planarity (S) Discrete Mathematics 10 2 3 4 Basic Measures (O) Statistics 10 4 5 7 2sinA vs. sin2A (O) Trigonometry 14 7 8 4 Tan to Slope (O) Trigonometry 11 3 5 3 Logs (O) Pre-Calculus 10 3 6 4 Derivative (S) Calculus 13 5 6 4 Integral (S) Calculus 10 6 5 7 Differentiate / Extrema (O) Calculus 21 8 9 2 I Cant Believe (O) Calculus 23 9 6 12 Notes: S September data. O October data. 161

PAGE 162

Table 6-2. Web resources referenced to in the threaded discussions of September and October data Thread Title Web Resources Tan to Slope Webworks online exercise system Author emailed administrator about mistake. Integral Website http://integrals.wolfram.com Reference to support answer. Word Problem Discussion group in Google.com Reference to other examples. Logs Web article http://oakroadsystems.com/math/loglaws.htm#NewBase Reference to support answer. 2sinA vs. sin2A Web Tutorial http://oakroadsystems.com/twt/spacial.htm#funcs30 changed to http://oakroadsystems.co m/twt/double.htm#SineDouble Recommendation: Online Trigonometry Tutorial. Zero Story Web articles Interval arithmetic articles in Sun Microsystems website. Go to http://docs.sun.com/app/docs and search for the author William G. Walster. Reference to support argument. 162

PAGE 163

Table 6-3. Closing message topics of September and October data Topic Percent Threads Gratitude 62% 6.2 Zero Story 6.4 Probability 6.7 2sinA versus sin2A 6.9 Logs 6.10 Derivative 6.11 Integral 6.12 Differentiate 6.13 I Cant Believe Antagonistic or Mockery Remarks 23% 6.1 Distance Word Problem 6.3 Consecutive Terms 6.12 Differentiate / Extrema Recommendations 15% 6.2 Zero Story 6.3 Consecutive Terms Other 31% 6.4 Probability 6.5 Graph Planarity 6.6 Basic Measures 6.8 Tan to Slope 163

PAGE 164

Story 2 10: Sam Follow-up on initial question Post 1: Norman The problem. Definition of planar graph, Definition of unplanar graph, Explaining proof purpose Where the author stands 2: Wilfred Asks for clarification Terms explanations 3: Norman Gives new information Answers follow-up question 5: Norman Follow-u p 6: Sam Clarifies the concept of homeomorphic 7: Norman Homeomorphic discussion continues 8: Sam About series reduction 9: Norman Series reduction continues States a possible solution Final clarification 4: Wilfred Follow-up on comment Notation clarification Story 1 Figure 6-1. Graph planarity tr ee. This threaded discussion has a total of ten messages organized into two stories with three participants. 164

PAGE 165

Figure 6-2. Finding derivative tree. This threaded discussion has a total of twenty-three messages organized into nine st ories with six participants. Post 2: Domingo Suggests analyzing by parts Post 4: Flores Makes a correction Post 9: Jonathan Asks for clarification Post10: Rogelio Answers question Post 11: Jonathan Explains where the confusion started Post 12: Manuel Presents explanation and solution Story 1 Story 8 Story 6 Story 5 Story 9 Story 3 Story 2 Post 2: Jonathan Third attempt Post 3: Joe Encourages participants with recommendations Presents alternatives to solve the problem Starts solving the problem Gives hint to continue Post 5: Jonathan Accepts previous strategy Post 6: Domingo Accepts correction Story 4 Story 7 Post 20: Rogelio Answers question Post 13: Jonathan Finds understanding and gratitude Post 7: Jonathan Presents a new problem Presents calculator misconception Presents possible misconception Post 1: Jonathan Presents the problem, Explanation, First attempt, Second attempt, Presents auto-evaluation Post 8: Manuel Analyzes previous mistake Post 18: Domingo Gives rule and partial solution Post 14: Rogelio Using intertextuality to analyze problem Post 22: Joe Presents frustration and c larifies Post 15: Jonathan Post 19: Jonathan Asks specific question Uses intertextuality to analyze problem Post 16: Jonathan Presents frustration Post 21: Minerva Confirmation Post 17: Rogelio Corrects himself 165

PAGE 166

Story 8 Story 6 Story 7 Post 11: Bernice Replies to comment Post 13: Bernice Asks for more help Post 15: Bernice Asks for clarification Post 1: Bernice Post 12: Jake New comment Post 14: Jake Answers specific questions Post 16: Jake The importance of intertextuality About a heuristic Post 1: Bernice Presents the type of problem Specific problem Example of problem Asks for comments Gives direction Story 1 Post 2: Jake Presents another method Presents the steps About factorials Clarifies the concept of arithmetic series Develops a formula for arithmetic series Presents a specific example Re-evaluates Bernices formula Post 7: Bernice Re-states problem Reevaluates her own questions Post 9: Bernice Asks a specific question Post 4: Jake Recapitulates from first story Reevaluates last message Looks for other possibilities Story 2 Story 3 Story 5 Story 4 Post 8: Jake Recommendations for better use of symbols Expands algebraic notation States the problem of notation Post 10: Jake Answers the question Post 6: Jake Reevaluates previous comments Use of abbreviations More suggestions about factorials Factorials and polynomials relationship Post 5: Jake Finds a possible explanation Explains the problem Revaluates previous comments Post 3: Bernice Factorials Opening post authors identity Asks for solution Figure 6-3. Consecutive terms tree. This thr eaded discussion has a total of 16 messages organized into eight stories with two participants. 166

PAGE 167

Story 2 Post 1: Gabriel Presents the problem Question Post 2: Jake Presents a mathematical explanation of logs Presents an alternative explanation of logs Post 3: Javier Simplifies answer Post 4: Hctor Asks for clarification Post 5: Jake Clarification Post 7: Joe Log definition Web reference Post 8: Javier Correction of previous notation Story 3 Story 1 Post 6: Hctor Gratitude Post 9: Joe Accepts correction Post 10: Gilberto Gives an example Explains the idea with simple numbers Figure 6-4. Logs tree. This threaded discussion has a total of ten messages organized into three stories with six participants. 167

PAGE 168

CHAPTER 7 GENERATING NEW MEANING AND U NDERSTANDINGTHROUGH ONLINE POLYVOCAL COLLABORATION Introduction to Novembers and Decembers Data The analysis presented in this chapter concl udes a series of three da ta analysis chapters; as in Chapters five and six, it ends with a re vision to the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model. This chapter refined previous outcomes with new data from Novembers and Decembers threaded discussions. Based on Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis, the researcher focused on the analysis of the activities and connections building tasks as stated in the Methodology and Methods chapter (Chapter 4). Data from November and December provided the researcher with seventeen (17) new cases of study (Table 7-1 for details). Threads included ten (10) to tw enty-five (25) messages generated from the interaction of three to eighteen (18) participants. As before, topics ranged from General Mathematics to Calculus, specifically including General Mathematics (one), Algebra (seven), Discrete Mathematics (four), PreCalculus (three), and Ca lculus (two). One of the Discrete Mathematics threads included a problem that could also be studi ed in Statistics; this discussion analyzed a problem about probabilities. The number of stories in each case of study ranged from two to sixteen (16), and as before, they were identif ied after creating tree diagrams with their corresponding branches. This period of study did not include a case with only one story as the August period did (C hapter 5), indicating that such structure was unique throughout the entire period of analysis. As data will show, connectivity during this period was accomplished among threaded discussions and discussion groups in the Math Forum @ Drexel as well as with other discussion groups and web resources over the Internet. The organization of this chapter follows a sim ilar structure to that of chapters five and six. Analysis is organized into two general parts: the first includes the analysis of the activities 168

PAGE 169

and connections building tasks, and the second looks at the identity buildi ng task. The first part of the chapter is sub-divided into three main sections corresponding to the body parts of a story (Gee, 1999, 2005). Activities and connections are in cluded in each of thes e sections, titled as follows: Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction with activ ities and connections related to the setting and problem or question of the thread; Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation, including activit ies concerning how participan ts developed meaning and understanding; and November and Decembers Coda(s): Additional Information including suggestions of how to use the forum to pr omote better discourse among its participants (connections) and information about the use of gratitude messages to confirm that understanding had occurred (activities). The second part of this chapter includes analysis about the identity of the participants. This section confirms and expands the forum participants identities presented in previous chapters. Part I: Analysis of Activities and Connections Problems, Questions, and Inquiries Introduction As in previous chapters, th e presentation of problems, que stions, and inquiries were included primarily in the opening post (first message) of each thread. On few occasions, however, once the original prob lem was resolved, opening posts authors or other members participating in the discussion added one ( Exponents versus multiplication notation and Number Patterns) or two additional questions ( Trig Identities). These were mostly follow-up questions related to the original problem of the thread. Setting: Use of time, space, and character In general, the setting of the discussions in this period of analysis remained the same as that in the previous chapters. Learners and mo re knowledgeable others used the spaces provided by the website to introduce topics and problems, questions, or inquiries related to mathematics 169

PAGE 170

problems studied at high school, college, or elsewhere. Again, only one thread included a problem about probabilities with a specific setting. Pr obabilities are used to establish the possibilities that a specific outcome will occur. Th ese are usually stated in terms of percentages or decimals (numbers between 0 and 1). In school settings, probabilities are frequently studied by computing outcomes from a specific set of cards or color balls, given special characteristics of a whole. Nevertheless, the problem presented in the forum was an applic ation problem, one that had to do with traffic lights. As it will be shown below, participants engaged in a series of interactions that explored the traffic li ghts problem from di fferent perspectives. During the whole period of analysis, A ugust through December, only three threads from a total of 34 threaded discussions included probability problems ( 8.8%). These were related to a specific setting. The opening post author of chapter fives problem wanted to confirm the probability of two persons in a group of 50 havi ng the same birthday. In chapter 6, a threaded discussion author wanted to know the probabi lity of winning a cour t case given a set of conditions. In chapter seven, the discussant wanted to know how to determine the probability of passing three traffic lights in a row without stopping. Data fro m this chapter confirmed the pattern proposed in last chapter about probability problems, that is, that probability questions in the forum were mostly tied to real life problem s as opposed to classroom abstract problems. Most problems in this environment did not include a setting. Op ening posts authors presented their questions or problems to the forum participants without presenting a setting, generally because they were ab stract mathematics problems. In most cases, authors used the forum to find help from more knowledgeable othe rs when they could not find a solution. They also used the forum to corroborat e their mathema tics solutions. 170

PAGE 171

During this third period of analysis and in comparison with the previous two periods, the opening post messages showed one major change rega rding setting. This occu rred in the thread Exponent versus multiplication notation in which the author asked for corroboration without stating a specific problem. Sandra, the author, needed help to understand the solutions she had posted in another website. In the opening post, Sandra directed participants to a URL (web page address) where the problems she worked before were located, thus connecti ng this public website with a private website. In her post, she wrote the following: Stanza 1: Presenting URL Sandra 1 https://www.cotse.net/users/dns123/logit.htm Stanza 2: Presenting problem 2 The link above 3 goes to 3 problems 4 that I worked. This was the only time in the whole period of analysis (August through December) where a learner asked others to visit another website to check their wo rk. In this way, Sandras problem connected the alt.math.undergrad discussion group to another space on the Web. Even though this required going a step further to find out wh at the problems were and how she had solved them, the participants of the forum engaged in a discussion that generated 11 stories with 24 messages. This thread was one of three discussi ons with more than 20 messages and one of two with more than ten stories (Table 7-1). A tota l of nine participants, not including the opening posts author, engaged in an interaction that represented an instance of polyvocal collaboration where participants contributed with different ideas to help Sandra understand why the answers she had were evaluated as wrong. The coste.net website is a private space, so this group of particip ants needed a password to find Sandras problem, one that she had not pr ovided in her opening message. This means that 171

PAGE 172

they probably were a group of students working together in another environment, an online course or a face-to-face cl ass. Still, there is no indication that they knew each other, but by being able to check Sandras answers, th ey indirectly stated that they were connected in some other way. Another possible explanation could be that once a participant had stated what the problem was, others were able to catch up and conti nue the interaction and negotiation of meaning. During this period of analysis the setting of the discussion forum was widened to include other web sites. This was a unique case, one of thir ty-four (34) in the whol e period of analysis. In previous threads, when making a connection to another website or web page, participants included them throughout the evaluati on, crisis, or resolution portions of the story. Still, this new instance of connectivity showed th at participants of this forum also used other web spaces to learn mathematics and that in this particular case, the alt.math.undergrad was used to corroborate the work done elsewhere. This confir med the outcome presented in Chapter six that stated that users of the forum connected it to other digital math content (Table 7-2 for more details.). The forum was used as an additional learning resource. Catalyst: Analysis of problems and questions Problems and questions during this period of an alysis were mostly stated in similar ways as before (chapters 5 & 6). Aut hors included problems with and without questions, explanations, examples, references to web pages, and possi ble solutions when looking for clarification, corroboration, and understanding. However, they did not include definitions or theorems in the opening post to further explain or guide the partic ipants of the forum as they had done before. Some participants used the first post to stat e their feelings. For example, they indicated This is driving me crazy ., and I am goi ng such a way round / that I feel I am missing / something very basic (Trig problem Line 9 and Lines 48-50, resp ectively), and I am having a little trouble / understandi ng this trig book (Trig identities, Lines 1-2). After overtly stating 172

PAGE 173

173 their feelings, they went on to state their spec ific mathematical misunde rstandings using one or more of the following methods: presenting references to web readings already made (Table 7-2), showing algebraic work already done, making references to geometric concepts, adding algebra manipulations, stating trigonomet ric relationships, asking differe nt types of questions, and quoting from a specific book. Using these methods, opening post authors guided participants to understand what their misconceptions where and wh at specific help they needed to overcome them. When looking for answers, help, hints, or tips, most participants introduced the problem first and then asked for help at the end of the pos t. To accomplish this, they primarily used direct and indirect questions. However, there were some exceptions to this. For example, the author of one threaded discussion started his message by asking for help and then requested help again at the end of it, and another author used the first message of the discussion to ask a question that included the problem itself (Three Digit Numbers). In the first case, Antonio first stated the question: How do you solve the question / plz help !!! thx!!! (Recursion, Lines 1-2). He then stated the problem he wanted others to cons ider and finally ended his opening post message by indirectly asking for specific help by saying, plz list steps thx!!! Two ot her cases also seemed different from the rest. The first one introduced a math problem without any personal question (Close and Bounded Sequences), it included on ly the problem statement without any work done or any type of question, a nd the second asked participants of the forum to provide new problems to be solved (Looking for Problems). Nevertheless, the pattern for mo st threads seemed to be to introduce the problem first and then ask for help. As before, most participants supported the presentati on of a problem with

PAGE 174

partial work done, examples, explanations, readings already made, and even possible solutions to be evaluated by the participants of the forum. When asking analysis questions in this period most authors of original posts used direct and indirect questions (16 out of 17, for 94%). Authors preferred two types of direct questions out of seven possible types (what, who, where, when, which, why, and how). These were how and why questions. In most cases authors used questions that st arted with or included the word how. For example, authors proposed questions such as How does become .? (Derivative Question, Line 1) a nd What I dont understand is, / how do we choose .? (Matrix Determinant, Lines 9-10) Examples of indirect qu estions used by opening post authors included I dont know what to do next / to . (Function Value, Lines 7-8), I can not figure out / the missing numbers / in these patterns . (Number Patterns, Lines 1-3), or even, can someone please help me? (Trig Iden tities, Line 52). Only one thread included a math problem without a personal question from its author (Close and Bounded Sequence ). In Table 7-3 questions from the original posts are included. They show how authors directed participants in their quest for understanding. In this period of analysis, two new t ypes of discussions were generated by the participants of the forum. The first one was as king for new problems and the second for someone to check the authors work posted in another we b site. In the first case, Cirilo stated, Has anyone got / a (not to hard) math problem? / If yes please post it (L ooking for Problem, Lines 1-3). Instead of having a problem on hand for which he needed help in solving, the author in this particular post was the one looking for new problem s to solve. In this way, the forum was also used as a source of mathematics problems Even though there is a section in the Math Forum @ Drexels website dedicated to The problem of the week, where a new problem is posted every 174

PAGE 175

week, none of the participants a lluded to it. Instead, they introdu ced different types of problems to satisfy Cirilos inquiry. In the second case, Sandra asked for corrobor ation, but what made he rs a special case was that the problems were not stated in the ope ning post; instead she added a URL (a web page address which is no longer available) for others to go to, to check her answers. She overtly suggested this as follows: II CATALYST Stanza 3: Looking for corroboration Sandra continues 8 Will someone please (sic) 9 check my answers? 10 I am told that 11 all 3 of my answers 12 are wrong, but 13 I was not told why 14 they were wrong. Someone (it is not specified who) had told her the solutions she found were wrong. But this person did not add any explanation to th e negative evaluation, and Sandra wanted to know why her answers were wrong. She used the Math Forum @ Drexel to look for the corroboration and unders tanding she needed. To conclude, authors of opening posts used th e forum to write about their feelings and to introduce direct and indir ect questions or problem statements in order to find help from more knowledgeable others. Most authors were looking for specific an swers, corroboration, confirmation, and understanding. Duri ng this period of analysis, there were no authors looking to develop new mathematics formulas or ideas as they did in the second period of analysis (chapter six). Instead, one author wanted others to post new problems and a nother wanted others to visit a specific web page to review and explicat e her misunderstandings. In this way, the Math Forum @ Drexel provided a space for math learners w ith access to the Internet to find more 175

PAGE 176

knowledgeable others to help them clarify mathematics misconceptions and develop new mathematics understandings and meanings. This space was not bounded by the site and had no access limitations. It is a public online website that provided free help to mathematics learners. In general, authors were seeking informa tion; details that could help them clarify misunderstandings, or hints to continue working with a math probl em when they had to stop working on because they did not know what to do next or how to continue solving the problem. Most authors (16 out of 17) used direct and indir ect questions to state their needs to participants. The types of questions asked di d not discourage the participan ts of these threads; they collaborated with each other and negotiated answers and solutions providing different possibilities to solve the problem s. The tree diagrams branches showed how participants interacted with one another, presented different ideas, negotiated meaning and understanding, and therefore constructed mathema tics knowledge thr ough instances of polyvocal collaborations Problem Evaluation and Solution Generation The use of this distributed discussion board allowed participants to build problems up to the point of requiring different t ypes of solutions. As stated in chapter five, participants were able to present algebra manipulations, discuss al gebra misconceptions, relate algebra solutions to algebraic principles and definitions, state and use geometric definitions, relate algebra with geometry, and present written drawing explorations. The data from this last period of analysis (Novembers and Decembers data) also s howed how participants engaged in three new activities: presenting simple images drawn with te xt to explicate a concep t or rule, analyzing the difference between solving algebraic equations and trigonometric iden tities, and presenting different answers to a single problem, thus engaging in polyvocal collaboration (Gergen, 1999). As in chapter6, participan ts used intertextu ality (Gee, 2005) to break down messages, quoting portions of previous messages to answer specific questions or to clarify specific 176

PAGE 177

theoretical misconceptions and computation erro rs. They also used follow-up questions and comments, presented new information, gave hint s and tips to guide th e learners, explained notation problems, and presented rules and prope rties when finding the solution to a specific problem. In addition, this chapter looked at how pa rticipants of the forum used visual clues, how participants used encouraging remarks to build up learners confidence, and how polyvocal collaborations were used by different respondents to present new ideas, thus adding different contributions and generating a set of options to help authors and others develop new meanings and understandings. First, we will examine the use of visual clues, including the construction of text images and the use of upper case letters. Te xt images were used in three di fferent threads: first, in the Solving an Algebraic Inequality thread, a number line was draw n to indicate intervals, second, in the Matrix Determinant stories, a Cartesia n Plane was used to demonstrate an idea, and third, in the Graph Planarity thread, a simp le drawing of a planar graph complemented information about its components (d egree of its vertices ) to show the difference between planar and non-planar graphs. The analysis of how these visual clues were used is presented below. Also analyzed below is the use of upper case le tters to emphasize a misconception that needed clarification in the T rig Identities thread. In the threaded discussion title d Solving an Algebraic Inequality, Roberto presented a quadratic inequality and its solutions to the forum participants. He thought that he had found the solution but was not able to understand how his findings related to the books answer and wondered if he had made a mistake. 4 2x^2 11x + 5 < 0 5 Well. I worked out the values 6 of and 5 which are correct, 7 but would have thought that 177

PAGE 178

8 the answer was 5. The solution was very close and was stated as a single expre ssion in Line 12 ( < x < 5). However, Roberto could not understand why this was the solution. Five participants engaged in this discussion. First, Wilfred evaluated his proposed solution and observed that if < x (x is greater than ) and x > 5 (x is greater than 5), then both expressions could be simplified as x > (x is greater than ). When reading the expressions initially stated by Robert, one star ts reading with the variable and ends with the number. So < x can be read as x is greater than and < x is read x is greate r than five. As Wilfred explained, any number greater than 5 is already greater than ; therefore, both expressions can be written as x > Second, Rosa asked Robert to try different valu es for x to corroborate his answer. She gave him two values (0 and -1) which both provided fals e statements. This message is not answered or further evaluated in the same story. Then Denise evaluated Robertos solutions by going over his algebr aic manipulations and presenting the number line image (drawn with keyboa rd characters) to furt her explicate how the solution had to be constructed: 178

PAGE 179

Denise >From Roberto >27 so. x = 1/2 or x= 5 45 What you have so far is perfect 46 but you're not done yet. 47 Finding the solutions to 48 the corresponding equation, 49 as you did, is a good first step. 50 Now use those two values 51 (the zeros) 52 to divide the number line 53 into the intervals: <-----------|-------------|-------------> 1/2 5 54 x < 1/2 54a or in interval notation (-oo,1/2) 55 1/2 < x < 5 (1/2,5) 56 x > 5 (5,oo) In this way, Denise addressed Rosas misconception in providing possible values without directly stating that she had made an error. Instead of both (0 and -1) being to the left of the first intercept (x = ), they should have been in different intervals, one to the left of (for the first interval, x=0) and the second in between and 5 (f or the second interval, x = 1). In this way, the solutions would have different outcomes indicat ing what intervals corr esponded to the solution. Denise also went on to explain how to use the number line to find the final solution to this problem. Her presentation provided visual clues to find the soluti on as well as its accompanying explanations. Denise continues 57 To determine which interval(s) 58 comprise the solution set, 59 simply pick one number 60a (any number) 61 in each interval, 179

PAGE 180

62 then test the expression 63 to see if it's positive or negative. 64 Since you already have it factored, 65 this should be quite easy 66 using what you know about 67 the product of two factors. 68 You are looking, of course, 69 for the interval(s) where 70 the expression is <0. Two more collaborations were those of Ki ko, who related the solu tion to functions, and Gary, who related the problem to quadratic equations and its graphical repres entations. It was not until Kiko expanded the idea of intervals, alr eady presented in visual form and written expression by Denise, that Robert o was able to start understanding the problem solution. At first, Kikos presentation was not unders tood by Roberto, who indicated I cant see what / youre trying to show me (Story 4, Lines 24-25) [n egotiation meaning], to which Kiko responded, Ok, here it goes . (starting at Line 28 until Line 53) Later, Roberto overtly stated this point in the gratitude statement of the thread (see below). In this thread, participants used intertextuality to point to specific lines of text and to expand previous points. They also negotiated meaning by providing hints, asking for details, answering specific questions, and following up on ideas presented by other members of the group. This exchange of ideas was an example of polyvocal collaborations where different voices contributed different elements to the discussion, collaborating with one another to fulfill a common goal and opening new windows of understanding. Alone, Roberto was not able to understand the solution of the mathematical ineq uality problem, but together, they made the difference, allowing Roberto to find a way to unders tand how to state the solu tion to this type of problem and also clarifying Rosas misconception. 180

PAGE 181

This was not the only instance of polyvocal collaboration present in the whole period of analysis. Going back to chapter five, the thr ead Radius of an Arc also showed how six participants engaged in a series of contributions that included algebraic solutions (detailed and abstract), geometric con cepts references, and written drawing explorations. No visual clues were used in that thread. Through out the whole period of analysis (August to December), authors asked trigonometric questions related to knowledge construction and applicatio n of concepts. Most authors were looking for specific answers. None had made evaluation or synthesis questions. However, in this last period of analysis, the th read Trig Identities was used to analyze a quote from a trigonometry book, one that confused the author of the thread as to how identities should be solved. Her question compared how trigonomet ry identities and alge braic equations were solved. Cndida thought trig identities were solv ed the same way algebra equations are solved. She stated: Stanza 1: Presenting problem Post 1 Cndida 1 I'm having a little trouble 2 understanding this trig book Stanza 3: Looking for understanding Cndida continues 34 maybe I've just had 35 that old algebra rule 36 pounded into my head 37 too many times: 38 ANYTHING YOU DO 39 TO ONE SIDE OF AN EQUATION 40 YOU MUST DO 41 TO THE OTHER SIDE!!! 42 I understand the last 2 lines: 43 1/2[sin^2 A + sin^2 A] = sin^2 A 44 but where did 1-cos^2 A go to? 181

PAGE 182

45 Maybe if someone just gives me 46 a step-by-step explanation 47 of what they're doing 48 I might get it, 49 or maybe the book left a major part 50 of the proof out. 51 Either way, 52 can someone please help me 53 with this (IMHO) 54 horrible explanations of trig proofs. First, in Lines 38-41, Cndida emphasized her understanding about how to work with algebra equations using u ppercase letters as a visual clue. In netiquette, this could mean someone is shouting or saying something really important. Th ese lines were later quot ed by four of the six participants who answered her post, demonstrating that they understood how important it was for her to analyze this point. Then, in Lines 45-46, she specifically stated that she needed more information, more details, and possibly intermed iate steps that were missing from the textbook she was using and that were not obvious for her. In lines 52-54, she summarized her cry for help with an indirect question. This thread included 16 stories, of which half were about Cndidas problem. The second half worked with similar trigonometric identities. To help Cndida clarify her misconceptions, a group of six forum participants gave her new ideas to consider. Wilfred presented arithmeti c and algebra examples before he related his answer to trigonometry. In this way, he guide d Cndidas thinking by starting with simple examples and moving toward more complex idea s. Jack and Petra talked about the use of equivalent expressions and substitution (resp ectively) when working with trigonometric equations instead of using algebraic manipulations that tried to isolate a variable to find its value. Dalila supported Jacks and Petra s ideas in her message and also presented a trig example that included a detailed, step-by-step procedure. Pablo explained why the equal sign symbol could be 182

PAGE 183

misleading. He provided algebraic examples and trigonometric ident itys explanations comparing the procedures used to solve both types of problems. In this thread, most participants did not over tly interact with one another; instead they presented their explanations in separate stories, some of which expanded previous points or even reanalyzed previous statements, thus connecti ng one story with anothe r. Cndida did not ask follow-up questions or more deta ils about their presentations. Instead, she stayed in the background without making any comments. Still, th is thread represented an instance of polyvocal collaborations used in the forum to help Cndida cl arify her misunderstanding. By herself, she felt lost; she needed a step-by-st ep explanation of what theyre doing [in the book]. She needed help in understanding the trigonometric identities she was studying. In the Forum, she found not only one but six people who presen ted different examples at diffe rent levels of complexity, directly collaborating with her, indirectly collaborating with one another, and helping her to overcome her confusion. In this thread, negotiation was minimal. Still, the opening post author was able to find understanding (see next section). During the months of November and December, participants of the forum engaged in similar activities as those described and analyzed in the previous data analysis chapters. One new activity was the construction of text images to complement their explanations and clarify misconceptions. A second activity was engaging in the analysis and evaluation of solving trigonometric identities, a discussion that led to the comparison of different types of mathematical procedures. In doing so, participants of the forum engaged in a third activity, the use of polyvocal collaborations that helped different authors and other participants gain new meaning and understanding. 183

PAGE 184

Novembers and Decembers Coda(s): Additional Information Two general types of codas included in th e third period of anal ysis were gratitude messages and netiquette discussions. First, author s of threads included gratitude statements in different ways and with differe nt amounts of detail. These were addressed to individuals or groups of participants. Second, ot her participants pointed to th e need to follow netiquette practices when engaging in discussions to make th em easier to follow. Both types of codas were recurrent throughout the whole period of analys is (August to December), but what make them special in this period is the diversity of gra titude statements and the types of recommendations offered by the participants. Gratitude messages included simple message s such as a got it and thank you in Trig problem (Story 7) directed to all the participants. Stanza 11: Auto-correction and gratitude Post 9 Robert 170 Sorry, sorrry, sorrrry everybody 171 I got it!!! 172 Many thanks They also wrote messages confirming that they had found what they needed by saying this is exactly what I needed in Exponents versus Multiplicati on Notation (Story 5). Authors addressed their gratitude statemen ts to a single participant (in Solving an Algebraic Inequality Story 5) and to the whole group of participants (in Recursion Story 8). However, more elaborated gratitude messages were the exception. In Trig identities (Story 7), Cndida explained in detail how she wa s able to gain understanding. Stanza 5: Gratitude Post 9 Cndida 55 DDDDDUUUUUHHHHH!!! 56 As soon as you all pointed out 57 "1-cos^2 A = sin^2 A" 58 as the reason why "1-cos^2 A" 59 disappeared 184

PAGE 185

60 it just "clicked". 61 I realized exactly what you all 62 (and the book) 63 were trying [to] say about 64 manipulating part of the equation, 65 and how your (sic) not changing 66 the equation 67 your (sic) just substituting 68 proven parts to simplify it. 69 I finally understand, 70 so I just want to say 71 THANK YOU. [lines 69-71: authors emphasis] With this message, she concluded the stor ies related to her question. She posted the message in a separate thread so that all participants could see it. Six people collaborated in the development of Cndidas understanding, and she emphasized how all (Lines 56 and 61) helped her finally unders tand (Line 69) her problem. As was stated before, polyvocal collaborations were used in this thread to address the same problem from different perspectives or standpoints, going from lower level mathema tics to upper level mathematics. As Cndida stated in her gratitude message, it just clicked. / I realized exactly wh at you all / (and the book) / were trying [to] say (Lines 60 63). Polyvocal collaborations helped her generate new understanding. The second type of coda, about netiquette statements, evaluated how posts could be distributed among multiple groups and the advantag es of this. In the thread Exponents versus Multiplication Notation Denise stated the following benefits for authors (Lines 192-197) and their respondents (Lines 187-191): Stanza 17: Netiquette benefits: one Denise 187 This has multiple benefits. 188 For the others, it allows them to have 189 the entire conversation at their easy disposal 190 no matter which one of the addressed groups 185

PAGE 186

191 they normally subscribe to. Stanza 18: Netiquette benefits: two Denise 192 For you, as the original poster, 193 you have the added benefit 194 of only having to follow one 195 of the addressed groups to see 196 each and every response 197 from *any* of the addressed groups. The possibility of posting to several groups at the same time was not mentioned before. This established a connection among different discussion groups. In this way, the forum environment was expanded beyond the specific discussion forum and allowed participants to connect with a larger group of mathematics learners and more knowledgeable others. Not only were the authors of a thread able to connect with others among th e threads in a period of study or within the stories of a thread, as it had been the case in the prev ious two periods of analysis, but according to Denise, participants of a specifi c discussion forum could also connect with participants of other forums. Another member of the group, Manuel, also re commended using intertextuality to keep track of ideas by quoting relevant portions of the original message and writing replies below the appropriate portions of the original message (Exponents versus Multiplication Notation, Lines 108-119, Story 8). As he stated, 114 This makes it easier to keep track 115 of what has been said and 116 what you are referring to, 117 especially for those people who 118 aren't paying attention to every message 119 that goes by. 186

PAGE 187

He also directed the participants to evaluate his own message as an example of what he was trying to say. In this way, netiquette was no t only discussed by the pa rticipants but also referenced as an example. This was a way to co ntribute to the developm ent of better discussions. In general, coda statements were used by the participants of the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum to evaluate the medium used to communicate (a distributed asynchronous communication tool) and to try to help its users to better use this resource to learn mathematics. In addition, gratitude messages overt ly confirmed that the forum par ticipants were able to help each other generate new meanings and understandings. Part II: Analysis of Identities and Relationships This chapters data confirmed that the forum participants belonged to two general groups: on one side, the newbie or mathematics learners and on the other side, the more knowledgeable other that helped the first gr oup construct mathematics knowledge while finding meaning and understanding. The first group incl uded high school and college students. For example, in Matrix Determinant, Alberto, the au thor of the thread, addressed himself to the forum by saying, Im in first year of high school (Story 1, Line 1). On the other hand, Migdalia, in Logs, indicted that she was a co llege student by stating th at she had embarked on a 3 year / bachelors degree / in mathematics . (Story 1, Lines 4-6). Nevertheless, most authors of questions, problems, or inquiries did not identify themselves as belonging to one or the other group; they just adde d a message to the forum, or st arted a threaded discussion that invited others to an swer or comment. As shown in the last two chapters, the mo re knowledgeable others group included teachers and professors. In Trig Identitie s, Dalia also included instructor s and book authors rather than simply kids who were learning new mathematics. This group of participants was also described by their character, that is, the way they contributed or interacted with others in the forum. 187

PAGE 188

According to Sandra, in Exponent s versus Multip lication Notation there were [t]hose who make it their life mission / to scorn others (Sto ry 4, Lines 137-138), flamers that make the same suggestions / over and over each and every time / they see somethi ng not of their liking (Story 4, Lines 131-134). There were also those who have your [learners] best interest in mind (Story 4, Lines165). This last group might make an occasional tactful suggestion while trying to help the learner the most (Story 4, Lines 161-167) but will not add personal negative remarks. Therefore, two general groups participated in the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum: the newbie or math learner and those who helped the learners. The first group was mostly composed of high school and college students; th e second group acted as teachers, instructors, and professors. Both groups had special characteristics. The firs t group included learners that felt lost when trying to do mathematics by themselves; th ey were in need of others support, as it was shown in chapter six. The second group shared their knowledge of ma thematics, presenting mathematics ideas in different ways and assis ting others in their search for meaning and understanding through intertextuality and polyvocal collaborations Most interactions between l earners and more knowledgeable others were conducted in a friendly manner. When evaluating others wor k, more knowledgeable ot hers wrote comments such as, what you have so far is perfect / bu t youre not done yet (Solving an Algebraic Inequality, Story 3, Lines 45-46) Youre quite correct, / assumi ng that . (Traffic Light Probability, Lines 32-33), You are very much on the right track, and You just need / to tighten things up a bit. / Do you know any th eorems / relating . (Graph Planarity Lines 72 and 85-88 respectively). Particip ants also answered specific qu estions and received follow-up replies from learners that, in turn, le d to more interactions. For example, 188

PAGE 189

Solving an Algebraic Inequality Story 4 of 6 Stanza 3: Asks for more details Roberts 22 Thanks. 23 I'm sure I am very dim, 24 but I can't see what 25 you're trying to show me. 26 Could you expand a bit, please 27 Thanks III RESOLUTION Stanza 4: Provides more details Kiko 28 Hi. Ok, here it goes. 29 Remember that you are dealing 30 with an inequality. 31 That means that 32 the solutions are found 33 on intervals. 34 Also have in mind the rules 35 for multiplying signed numbers. Nevertheless, there were also occasional antagonistic remarks. Some of these were presented in chapter six in presen ting netiquette issues. In this period of an alysis (November and December), one such interaction was related to th e use of a calculator to compute logs. Wilfred started this type of interaction (in Logs, Story 3, Lines 1318) with the following remarks. Stanza 2: Derogatory remark Wilfred 13 Learn mathematics, 14 ditch the stupid calculator. 15 Have any of them ever 16 passed a math class? 17 Stick with them and 18 you'll be doing the same. This message did not contribute to knowledge construction; instead, it insulted the author of the original post. Another message that starte d with a negative statement was that of Daniel. 189

PAGE 190

Stanza 4: Evaluates original post Daniel 22 It won't help the original poster, 23 though. 24 I have the 20'th edition 25 in front of me right now. 26 Common Logarithm Tables 26a pp. 186-209 27 Natural Logarithm Tables 27a pp. 210-217 28 Logarithms to another base 28a no tables given However, in this message, Daniel indirectly helped the author of the original post by including a reference to a specific book and those sections of it that could help her find the answer she needed. Participants of the forum expected learners to show that they had done something to try to solve the questions or problems they posted. As before, presenting a problem alone was not enough; participants wanted to know the details of the work already done by the opening post authors, and they needed more inform ation to be able to answer specific questions. In general, negative remarks, when they occu rred, were counteracted by more constructive statements or even dismissed by participants of the forum without saying much more. Participants of the forum showed an em phasis toward constructive thinking. Negative remarks were the exception and when present, were counteracted by othe r more positive remarks or even ignored. A recommendation provided by Manuel in Exponents versus Multiplication Notation (Story 5) stated, 117 and therefore I would like to urge you 118 to work on how you word 119 your netiquette complaints to newbies. 120 If you don't think you have the time 121 to write out a polite response every time, 122 I suggest you build a boilerplate response 123 which refers them to a suitable webpage. 190

PAGE 191

This entrance was related to netiquette complaints and the importance of making polite responses (Lines 117-119). It al so included the recommendation of adding references to web pages (Lines 122-123) that could further help those in need to understand specific mathematics ideas and concepts. As stated before, the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum was an open environment because participants were not restricted to a particular group and because they were encouraged to use other resources available in the Math Forum @ Drexel as well as those in other websites, thereby connecti ng this online digital environment to other mathematics sites. Refining the Preliminary Mathematics Discourse Model Data from November and December allowed th e researcher to revise and refine the preliminary mathematics discourse model presented in the previous two chapters. As before, this is a model under construction, one th at will need to be revised w ith new data in the future. Novices, casual students, high-school and colleg e math students, as well as users of mathematics, together with more knowledgeable others (math braini acs (sic), teachers, instructors, and professors) co llaborated and negotiated meaning and understanding to construct mathematics knowledge. Together they evalua ted mathematics problems, questions, and inquiries in the areas of general mathematics, algebra, statistics, discrete mathematics, trigonometry, pre-calculus, and calculus. Working together during the mont hs of August through December in a voluntary, online public mathematics discussion forum that was available 24 hours a day and seven days a week, learners and tutors generated di fferent kinds of solutions and constructed new mathematics knowledge through the follo wing activities: Presenting direct and indirect questions, problems, and inquiries located in different parts of the Original Message learners include d examples, explanations, and paraphrased questions. They were looking for specific answers, corroboration, clarification, and understanding of mathematical concepts. Negotiating meaning by following up on questio ns, adding comments, new information, hints, and tips. They clarified and define d mathematics concepts, terms, theorems, 191

PAGE 192

Negotiating meaning by using geometry: presen ting different geometric concepts, written constructions, and visual clues such as text diagrams. They explored different ways of analyzing and solving a problem. Comparing procedures used to solve algebrai c equations and trigonomet ric identities, thus developing higher order thinking skills such as analysis, synthesis, and evaluation. Referencing books, famous mathematicians, and different types of online sites and documents, including articles, tutorials, web works, and other discussion groups, to add new information and complement ideas introduced in the forum. Using common language to communicate, as well as mathematics language including mathematics notation and abbreviations. Promoting the use of intertextuality to fo llow up on specific information, questions, and answers, thus encouraging participants to us e netiquette strategies so that authors and respondents could follow entire conversations. Using polyvocal collaborations to present different ideas related to the same concept, including algebraic and geometric concepts as well as visual clue s such as text diagrams to complement a discussion and upper case letters to emphasize a specific idea. Expressing sentiments of confusion and frus tration when unable to find a solution or understand a concept and finding meaning and un derstanding to overcome such feelings through intertextual ity and polyvocal collaborations. Being grateful for the help learners received, assessing their own learning, and stating that they found understanding. This mathematics discourse model is the result of five months of data analysis from a specific mathematics discussion forum. Its validity will be examined in the next chapter, in which the summary, major findings, implications for action, and concluding remarks of this dissertation will be presented to the reader. 192

PAGE 193

Table 7-1. General description of threaded discussions in November and December Title Content Area Number of Postings Number of Stories Number of Participants Time Span in Days Exponents Versus Multiplication Notation General Mathematics 24 11 10 5 Number Patterns Algebra 14 9 12 5 Three Digit Numbers Algebra 16 4 8 4 Looking For Problems Algebra 16 4 6 7 Solving an Algebraic Inequality Algebra 11 6 6 2 Function Value Algebra 11 7 9 2 Completing The Square Algebra 12 4 7 3 Matrix Determinant Algebra 10 4 5 3 Recursion Discrete Math 22 9 8 8 Close and Bounded Discrete Math 10 5 5 3 Traffic Light Discrete Math / Statistics 13 6 8 5 Planarity of Graph Discrete Math 12 2 3 6 Trig Identities Pre-Calculus 25 16 18 18 Log Pre-Calculus 10 6 9 4 Trig Problem Pre-Calculus 10 7 5 1 Derivative Question Calculus 17 7 8 2 Sine Curve Calculus 10 6 8 2 Notes: N November data. D December data. 193

PAGE 194

Table 7-2. Connecting the discus sion forum with other math re sources (from Novembers and Decembers Data) Thread Tile Resources Exponents versus multiplication notation (1) Private web space the author of th e thread asked participants to check her work posted here. https://www.cotse.net/users/dns123/logit.htm (2) Reference to web ar ticle about exponents http://oakradsystems.com/gen1/unice.htm#upside changed to http://oakroadsystems.com/math/expolaws.htm Number patterns (1) Refe rence to support reply http://www.research.att.co m/~njas/sequences/index.html The On-line Encyclopedia of Integer Sequences, located at AT&T Research Labs Website Matrix determinant (1) Reference to compleme nt message about vectors and triangles http://www.scienceoxygen.com/mathnote/vector206.html (2) Reference to web article http://mathforum.org/library/drmath/view/55063.html Logs (1) Reference to web ar ticle about lo garithms http://oakroadsystems.com/math/loglaws.htm#NewBase (2) CRC book CRC Standard Mathematical Tables and Formulae (31 st ed., 2002) by Daniel Zwillinger Trig Problem (1) Reference to we b article about trigonometry http://oakroadsystems.com/twt/solving.htm#Cases 194

PAGE 195

Table 7-3. Use of direct and indirect questions in the opening posts of the threads Title Direct questions Indirect question Exponents Versus Multiplication Notation After introducing a web page address and setting: Will someone please check my answers? Number Patterns I can not figure out the missing numbers in these pattern (sic) . And then presents two number patterns. Three Digit Numbers Only the math question: How many 3-digit numbers consist only of odd digits? Looking For Problems Asking for problems: has any1 got a (not too hard) math problem? Solving an Algebraic Inequality After presenting problem, personal solution, and books solution: I cant understand why Help Function Value After presenting the math problem and initial steps: Now I dont know what to do next to find . Completing The Square After presenting the math problem and initial steps: And if that is ok, then what ? Help Matrix Determinant First: After presenting the problem: What I dont understand is how do we choose .? Second: After comparing with other problems: . why does this same formula hold true even when .? Recursion Before presenting the problem: How do you solve this problem plz help!!! thx!!! After presenting the problem: plz list steps thx!!! Close and Bounded Sequence (No direct questions, only the math problem.) (No indirect questions, only the math problem.) Traffic Light After presenting the problem and solution: thats a low number, so Im not too sure . 195

PAGE 196

Table 7-3. Continued Title Direct questions Indirect question Planarity of Graph After presenting the problem and several attempts already made: I cant think of any ot her strategy at the moment for this. Any tips? Trig Identities After stating the math problem: can someone please help me with this horrible explanations of . Log After stating general calculator problem: Hints anyone?? Trig Problem After pr esenting the problem and several attempts: Can you help, please? Derivative Question Only math questions: How does become .? How do you handle derivatives for .? Sine Curve After presenting a math problem statement: How do I define .? After the direct question: Any help would be great. 196

PAGE 197

CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS The purpose of this study was to examine th e types of online dialogues and discursive collaborations that took place in an online pub lic discussion forum that facilitated the construction of knowledge, meaning making, and unde rstanding in mathematics. Based on social constructionism conceptualizations (Gerge n, 1994, 1999; Gergen & Gergen, 2003), in which learning is the result of interaction, negotiati on, discursive collabora tion, reflexive questioning, and dialogue (Chapter 3), and using discourse analysis meth ods as proposed by Gee (1999, 2005) to analyze the data set (Chapter 4), the researcher was able to develop, revise, and review a preliminary mathematics discourse model (chapt ers 5, 6, and 7) that showed the types of activities and connections in which people engaged while cons tructing mathematics knowledge. In general, this study examined how participa tion in a discussion forum helped mathematics learners construct new mathematics knowledge meaning, and understanding while engaging in generative dialogue, negotiation, an d discursive collaborations. In this research, discussion forums were defined as online asynchronous communication tools where a group of people interested in the sa me topic or subject matter interacted with each other by posting questions, answer s, or both. This type of co mmunication was organized as threaded discussions with a beginning and an end. Discussions included interactions that connected participants with in, between, and among threads and even between different discussion forums and websites. The interactions in which participants of the forum engaged are discussed below. 197

PAGE 198

Summary of Major Findings By examining written discursive collaborati ons, the researcher was able to study how participants of a discussion fo rum engaged in different types of social interactions and negotiation practices. She focuse d on the activities and connecti ons in which participants engaged, although data also provided the elements needed to look at the identity of the participants and the sign-systems they used to communicate. Major findings include the following: All participation of the forum seemed to be voluntary and assumed one of two roles, mathematics help-seekers and more knowledgeable others. Participants used different t ypes of sign systems to communi cate, including algebraic and geometric concepts, principles, sym bols, ideas, and visual clues. Participants engaged in diffe rent types of activities rela ted to mathematics cognitive development, including know-how and inquiry-based learning. Participants provided affec tive and emotional support whil e interacting and negotiating mathematics meaning and understanding. Interactions and negotiati on practices connected the alt.math.undergrad forum threads within, between, and among themselves. Interactions and negotiati on practices connected the alt.math.undergrad forum threads to other resources outside the Math Forum @ Drexel. Identity of Participants Forum users seemed to be voluntary contribut ors with an identity or pseudonym they themselves had chosen when subscribing to th e public website. Study pa rticipants assumed one of two roles, mathematics help-s eekers (learners of mathematics) or more knowledgeable others. 198

PAGE 199

These were not fixed roles, and participants were able to assume one or both roles at any time when evaluating a problem or question. Their cont ributions to the forum included asking followup questions as well as answering questions or making comments related to others postings. From a total of 111 participants, twenty-four (2 4) participants, or 22%, were help-seekers, initiating one or more threads. Only four help-s eekers introduced more than one question. They represented 17% of the help-seekers and only 3.6% of all partic ipants. The ratio between helpseekers and more knowledgeable others was 1 to 4. Together, as voluntary participants of the forum, they interacted, negotiated, and collaborate d with one another usin g different strategies and helped each other to cons truct and generate new mathema tics meanings and understandings. With the collaboration of more know ledgeable others, help seekers were able to strengthen their mathematics self concept to the point of beco ming empowered to address their professors and others with their own questions and findings. Sign Systems or Alternative Ways to Communicate Because participation seemed to be voluntar y, the levels of technology anxiety appeared low. This allowed users to find alternative ways to communicate and write mathematics symbols, notations, and ideas. For example, some par ticipants transferred knowledge from other technological devices, such as calculators, co mputer hardware, and computer software. When participants did not know the mathematics symbol s they needed to use, they made up new symbols or abbreviations. More knowledgeable othe rs then informed them about the symbols or abbreviations commonly used in the forum, as if they were teaching th em how to communicate in this medium. This result refuted Smith, Ferguson, and Caris (2003), who concluded that Web-based distance learning environments do not adequately support mathematics (p. 49). Participants also interpreted problems from different mathematical points of view. They used algebraic, geometric, narrative forms of co mmunication, as well as visu al clues to explicate 199

PAGE 200

ideas, give examples, and present different types of solutions to a single problem. This allowed the participants of the forum to engage in di alogues at their own le vel of understanding, to choose one message over another, and to enga ge in further discur sive collaborations. Activities Related to Mathem atics Cognitive Development Throughout the discussions developed in the forum, users engaged in all levels of knowledge construction, going from low-level kn owledge skills (knowledge, comprehension, and application) to high-level know ledge skills (analysis, synthesi s, and evaluation) (Bloom, et al., 1956). Participants resembled a heterogeneou s group of mathematicians participating and contributing with mathematical ideas at different levels of understanding. This provided a rich environment where help-seekers were able to find and correspond with others at similar level of understanding and to have a previe w of more sophisticated or a dvanced mathematics knowledge. Participants of the forum we re able to develop new mean ings and understanding based on the questions help-seekers presented to the fo rum. The use of intertextuality allowed all participants to focus upon and to analyze specif ic ideas, as well as to clarify misconceptions. Participants also engaged in negotiation practices, providing hint s, tips, new ideas, theorems, definitions, and visual clues to help mathem atics learners develop meaning and understanding. More knowledgeable others followed up on questions and clarified ideas, thus developing indepth discussions. They presen ted solutions in different le vels of understanding (cognitive levels) going from low-level mathematics to advan ced mathematics. They also included different types of answers, engaging in polyvocal collaborations. Discussions in the forum allowed students to store up information and to develop new meanings through knowing how activities. This contradicted Rombergs (1992) findings, which analyzed school mathematics and found that in most cases, mathematics education allowed students to store up information by knowing what instead of knowing how. He 200

PAGE 201

found that students had few opportunities to enga ge in authentic lear ning or inquiry-based learning. This discussion forum pr ovided an authentic learning sp ace where participants engaged in know-how activities and in in-depth analysis of math ematics concepts and ideas. In this forum, participants negotiate d meaning by asking and answering follow-up questions, by writing solutions in different levels of difficulty, and by writing various types of solutions to a single problem, engaging in polyvo cal collaboration. Participan ts also added tips or hints, comments, new information, and references to digital and non-digital resources. They clarified misconceptions, corrected one another and even themselves when mistakes were made. The forum allowed participants to engage in knowing how activities that promoted the construction of mathematics know ledge through writing activities. While negotiating meaning, participants of the forum help-seekers as well as more knowledgeable others also engaged in inquiry -based learning (Richards, 1991). They did not use the forum to do research or journal-type writing. However, the forum allowed space for reflexive learning in collaborati on with others. Authors of questions or problems were expected to explicate why they needed help and to state wh at work they had done already to try to find the solution to their conundrums. These annotations helped others to focus on the particular misconceptions or misinterpretations of the author Most participants were able to find a solution to the problems they posted through collaborative practices. Mathematics learners in this research were ab le to interact with others in an authentic, inquiry-based environment. This study refutes Sh ield and Galbraiths ( 1998) research outcomes related to writing for deeper unde rstanding. In Shield and Galbrait hs research, students wrote questions to imaginary friends, thus eliminati ng all possibilities of authentic interactions. Nevertheless, in the discussion forum, help-seek ers posted questions and expected to receive 201

PAGE 202

202 different types of answers. While interacting with other particip ants, they followed-up with tips, hints, new ideas, or comments. This dynamic environment allowed learners to be active participants, negotiating meaning and collaborating with one anothe r, even if they did not know each other personally. In this research, participants resembled those of Stonewater (2002), as they were able to develop, elaborate, and clarify mathematics ideas by using algebraic and geometric examples, mathematics notation, visual clues, and narra tive explanations. As Restivo (1983) stated, mathematics showed signs of cultural expressions. Activities Related to Affective and Emotional Support The forum was a learning environment, a comm unity of practice where participants not only engaged in mathematics knowledge building but also helped develop the affective skills of its participants. Help-seekers and more know ledgeable others engaged in negotiation and collaborative practices that included rece iving, responding, valuing, organizing, questioning, discriminating, and justifying their arguments (K rathwohl, Bloom, & Masia, 1964). These were exemplified by the following activ ities: (1) receiving new ideas and comments, (2) responding to questions and follow-up questions (3) valuing arguments presen ted by both learners and more knowledgeable others, (4) valuing algebraic an swers and notations, ar ithmetic problems and solutions, and geometric propositions, (5) organizing ideas, (6) questioning statements and propositions made by others, (7) discriminating between different answer s posted by others at different levels of difficulty and making correc tions when needed, and (8) justifying arguments with definitions, prepositions, theorems, and other sources that included documents available on the Web, other websites, journal articles, and books. Some opening post authors expressed feelings of uncertainty, confusion, despair, and frustration when trying to find a solution or solve a problem. They were help-seeking individuals

PAGE 203

who used the forum as a tutoring center becau se they knew this was a place where more knowledgeable others were available and willing to help. Signing in to the forum was voluntary, and participants were able to use pseudonyms if they desired. When help-seekers manifested feelings of frustration, more knowledgeable others responded in ways that allowed the learners to move forward and find solutions to their problems or questions. The statements of despair stated by some at the beginning or in the middle of a threaded discussion (See poem Voices calling out to be heard in Chapter 6) changed into notes of gratitude at the end of the threads. For ex ample, frustration and despair was overtly stated with phrases such as I have this problem, I am getting confused, I dont understand, I must be messing up, and I stopped. These later ch anged into statements of relief such as this [is] sorta (sic) exactly what I was looking for, it just clicked, I got it! !!, or this is exactly what I needed. On several occasions, a single thread was used to ask and answer more than one question. Learners felt free to ask more questions related to the initial one after their first question or problem was resolved. The support r eceived by learners was then tr anslated into statements of gratitude which they openly manifested at the en d of the threaded discussions. Working together in the forum empowered some participants to communicate with professors and instructors to make corrections or recommendations. As Qu inn (2005) stated, using communication tools enabled students to build self-confidence in their capacity for learning mathematics. The forum not only allowed its participants to develop knowledge and affective skills, it also provided the emotional support needed by le arners in their quest for meaning making and understanding. This finding supports Stein and Glazer s (2003) research conclusions. It also supports Ferdigs (2007) statements about how the use of social software promotes the 203

PAGE 204

development of supportive environments, scaffolding learning at different levels while participants try out different ideas and challenge each other. Connections Within, Between, and Among the alt.math.undergrad Forum Threads Within threads, participants engaged in polyvocal contributions, presenting partial solutions in algebraic, geometric, and narrative forms. They also used visual clues such as text diagrams to further explicate a concept and upper case letters to emphasize a specific question. In this way participants were able to evaluate a problem or question from different perspectives, and help-seekers were able to choose to follow up with those th ey understood the best. They also benefited from these different types of pres entations by gaining a global view of how mathematics ideas can be used from differe nt perspectives and levels of difficulty. Between and among threads, participants e ngaged in Conversations (Gee, 1999, 2005) that promoted the integrity of the forum as a whole. They engaged in Conversations about the importance of netiquette practices, about the import ance of intertextuality quoting sections of a previous posting when answering or follo wing up on a question, a nd about the use of mathematics notation and abbreviations. Participants developed a sense of community and worked toward maintaining the integrity of the interactions th at took place in the forum. Netique tte was a Conversation (Gee, 1999, 2005) that developed throughout the whole period of analysis. More knowledgeable others provided hints on how to introduce probl ems and questions. They emphasized the importance of supporting ones initial statements with work alre ady done and with specif ics about the questions they were presenting to the forum so that others could best know how to help. More knowledgeable others also clarified mathema tics notations and made recommendations about how to write mathematics symbols in a text-based environment. 204

PAGE 205

As in any other community of practice, anta gonistic remarks were al so present throughout the participants dialogues; however, they were discouraged or avoided by most participants. Instead, participants gave tips a bout how to use intertextuality to pose their answers or replies, suggested better ways to present questions, cl arified mathematics notation, and elaborated on how netiquette could benefit both the learne r and the more knowledgeable other when negotiating meaning. Connections to Other Resources outside the Math Forum @ Drexel While negotiating meaning and collaborating with one another, participants made references to specific books, famous mathematicia ns who had worked with a specific topic, and different types of online sites and documents th at had more information on the question being discussed. These included online and paper journal articles, web tutorials, webworks, and other discussion groups outside the Math Forum @ Drexel In this way, more knowledgeable others complemented the capabilities of the forum, moving toward other mathematics resources available elsewhere. In Summary By using Gees discourse analysis methods, the researcher was able to develop a series of three discourse models, allowing her to review a nd revise outcomes from the first set of data with more data. This model was the result of a series of answers to the questions initially proposed by Gee (1999, 2005) and reinterpreted by the researcher. Building task questions used in this research initially include d the activities and conn ections building tasks. Still data allowed the researcher to explore the identities of the participants and sign systems used to construct mathematics knowledge. Questions were used to an alyze the data set and were simplified by the researcher to construct a mathematics discourse model (See Figure 5-4). The components of the model included answers to the following questions: 205

PAGE 206

Who? Identities: help-seekers and more knowledgeable others. Why? To find and provide help in learning mathematics. What? Mathematics topics in high-school a nd firstand second-y ear college level. Where? At the Math Forum @ Drexel specifically the alt.math.undergrad discussion forum. When? August through December, 2004. How? Activities, connections, and sign systems participants engaged in. The mathematics discourse model explaine d how participants engaged in written discursive collaborations and negotiation practices. It showed how online intertextuality allowed participants of the forum to construct new knowledge and understandings, and it showed how they received affective and emotional support fr om other participants of the forum throughout this process. It also showed how participants became part of a comm unity of mathematics learners that protected their space from disruption, maintaining its integrity. Social languages were related to mathematics construction of knowledge at all times, and a Conversation (Gee, 1999, 2005) of how to use the foru m to promote learning tied in the different threads throughout the whole peri od of analysis. Other interruptions were dismissed, even ignored, when they occurred. At the end, help-seekers were gr ateful for more knowledgeable others and for the cognitive, affective, and em otional support they had received. Together, they engaged in a mathematics Discourse (Gee, 1999, 2005). The main focus of this research was to find out how participants of the forum constructed mathematics knowledge. For this reason, it closely analyzed and reporte d the activities and connections in which participants engaged. Sti ll, this research did not overtly report on the 206

PAGE 207

significance of the interactions, nor did it closely examine th e relationships and politics embedded in the discussions. These can be the object of further research. Implications and Recommendations The following implications and recommendations can be extrapolated from the research findings: Implication 1: Participation in a heterogeneous community of practice can have a positive impact on mathematics learning. It can allow he lp-seekers to engage in authentic learning experiences with more knowledgeable others, to engage in know-how activities and inquirybased learning, to engage in different types of ma thematical discussions at different levels of difficulty and abstraction, and to engage in reflexive deliberations and discursive collaborations when analyzing contributions made to the co mmunity (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Palloff & Pratt, 1999; Renninger, & Shumar, 2002; Rogoff, 1994; Rogoff & Lave, 1984; Wenger, 2001). Implication 2: Co-construction of knowledge can allow help-seekers and more knowledgeable others to negotiate meaning a nd understanding (Gergen, 1994, 1999; Gergen & Gergen 2003), allowing them to clarify misconcep tions and to construct new knowledge. It can also allow participants to engage in polyvocal collaborations when participants introduce different ideas and different solutions from different standpoints to a single problem. This can also allow participants to have a larger view of the problem at hand and to see how it can be applied to different settings. Implication 3: Writing in mathematics can help st udents develop higher order cognitive skills. This research suppor ts Miller and Englands (1989) argument about writing in mathematics. They contended that writing is c onducive to understanding and to the development of cognitive skills. In this study, participants had the opportunity to write in an authentic environment. This allowed learners to e ngage in inquiry-based learning activities. 207

PAGE 208

Implication 4: Participation in a heterogeneous comm unity of practice can empower helpseekers to communicate with those in authority positions, such as professors and administrators. This can help learners assume a proactive att itude toward learning. According to Quinn (2005), participating in such environments can also reduce mathematics anxiety while increasing mathematics self-concept. Implication 5: Participation in an online heteroge neous community of practice can provide the support needed by students worki ng on distance education programs or virtual school. Students can feel isolated when learning in distance education programs, especially if asked to work by themselves (Moore, 1989; Weis, Knowlton, &Speck, 2000; and Simonson, Smaldino, Albright, & Zvacek, 2003). However, online heterogeneous communities of practice can provide the space participants need to fi nd other learners at si milar and at different knowledge levels, providing them the opportunity to work in the zone of proximal development, both with less and with more knowledgeable others. As help-seekers, they can find more knowledgeable others creating a zone of proximal development that can enable the first move beyond their independent means in th eir quest for learning (Vygotsky, 1978). Recommendations for Practice This study supports the importance of co mmunities of practice among learners. It recommends organizing heterogeneous informal l earning spaces for students in distance learning programs, virtual schools, and community centers. These environments can allow help-seekers and more knowledgeable others to meet over extended periods of tim e. Participants that start as help-seekers can move toward positions of more knowledgeable others over a period of time. For example, in a virtual school, this would mean th at students from different mathematics courses can use pseudonyms or avatars to participate as both help-seekers and more knowledgeable 208

PAGE 209

others. Students can be taught how to ask questi ons and how to provide partial solutions at the initial stage of engagement. Recommendations for Research A study that analyzes the relationships and power structures developed in informal learning environments. A study that examines how students devel op mathematics knowledge across time in an informal learning environment, analyzing the transformation of a help-seeker (probably a first-year student) into a more knowledgeable other (senior student). This study can also explore (1) how the use of pseudonyms, avatars, or the use of students real names impact their participation, including what types of questions they ask, and what types of problems they post, and (2) how students ma thematics self-concept and self confidence changes through time (Quinn, 2005). A longitudinal study that examines the noti on of empowerment among participants of online heterogeneous communities of practice and its influence on students pursuits of higher goals. An example of such is Moses and Cobbs (2001) Algebra Project a face-toface college preparatory program for minority students. A study that analyzes the relationships am ong participants of online heterogeneous community and the influence of those relations hips on retention rates in distance learning programs or virtual schools. The increased number of online courses and programs has an impact on mathematics education as well (Lutzer, 2000; The World Wide Learn, 2005). There is a need to continue exploring how these course s are offered, what are the teachers and students needs, and what are the exemplary practices conducted in such environments. 209

PAGE 210

Future research should also analyze how the availability and ease of use of new technologies, such as whiteboards, real vide o, real audio, and Web 2.0 tools, can promote the development of formal and informal l earning communities. As technology becomes more transparent and easily available, repl ication of previous research with these technologies is also needed (Lotze, 2002; Bolin, 2003). Conclusions This study analyzed written discursive collabor ations in a mathematics discussion forum. It was based on social constructionism conceptualizations (Gergen, 1994, 1999; Gergen & Gergen 2003), and data was analyzed using Gees (1999, 2005) discourse analysis methods. Participants assumed two major roles, help-s eekers and more knowledgeable othe rs. They participated in an active community of practice where informal learning took place. Help-seekers engaged in collaborative practices while in teracting and negotiating with more knowledgeable others to clarify ideas and misconceptions. The diversity of answers presented in the forum allowed its users to engage in polyvocal colla borations that resulted in the construction of new mathematical knowledge. Participants negotiated meaning together by using intertextualit y to quote portions of text and to focus on specific ideas. This supported Lave and Wengers (1991) and Fieldings (1996) arguments about how partic ipants of a commun ity of practice intr oduce different views and care for each other. The discussion forum studied here was a lear ning environment, a community of practice where free mathematics tutoring was offered to he lp-seekers. Learners in teracted with more knowledgeable others to negotiate meaning and u nderstanding, working with different kinds of problems in different mathematical areas and at different levels of difficulty. The diversity of problems posted to the forum did not limit the part icipation of its users. If authors lacked confidence and expressed feelings of frustration, a la rge group of more k nowledgeable others 210

PAGE 211

211 was ready to state different ways to solve a prob lem, thus engaging in a sea of collaborations by providing hints, tips, definitions, explanations, visual clues, and different ways to help solve a problem or find the answer to a question. Inte ractions between and among its participants included the development of cognitive and aff ective skills as well as the emotional support needed to succeed in mathematics. Help-seekers fe lt free to express themselves: they felt part of a nurturing community where more knowledgeable others were ready to support them at all levels.

PAGE 212

APPENDIX A PILOT STUDY Using Public Discussion Forums to Construct Mathematics Knowledge As access to the Internet increases, more peopl e of all ages are able to enter a dynamic and interactive world full of new and innovative resources. The Internet provides its users with a set of communication tools that ca n be used to construct knowledge. These tools have been classified as asynchronous (differe nt time, different place) and s ynchronous (same time, different place). Examples of asynchronous tools include e-mail, listserv, discussion forums, and blogs. Whiteboards, video and audio conferences, chat rooms, and instant messaging are examples of synchronous tools. Construction of knowledge is no longer limited to the tools and res ources available through personal means; having access to the Internet allo ws the users to have access to an unlimited number of resources that go beyond the st udents physical space and surroundings, thus expanding their horizons all over th e world and enabling them to part icipate in different types of communities of practice. In this research, discussion forums were the ve hicle that allowed students to interact with other content, students, teachers, and more knowledgeable others (mentors). The use of discussion forums made possible the clarificatio n of ideas. The student was no longer left alone to construct knowledge; instead, students became partners in learni ng, participating in a community that helped them build knowledge an d negotiate meaning together. The zone of proximal development became evident, and students were able to learn beyond their independent means (Vygotsky, 1978) by actively participating in a community of learners and constructing new knowledge. 212

PAGE 213

Discussion forums are asynchronous on-line communication tools where reciprocal communication (Chou, 2004) is used for interac tion between people interested in a specific topic or subject matter, thereby building a co mmunity of learners. Members are located in different parts of the world and can log in at different times to contribute answers or new questions. It is this flexibility that allows a pa rticipant to contribute to a larger community of learners. The construction of knowledge in this study is defined from a so cial constructionist theoretical perspective, where th e learner in collaboration with ot hers actively participates in generating meaning or understanding (Orn stein & Hunkins, 2004, p. 117). Jonassen, et al. (1995) identified four attributes of constructivism: context, constr uction, collaboration, and conversation. All of these are closely related to building online communities of learners where applications to real life can be found (context) where reflection is possible (construction), where working with peers take place (collaboration) and where planning and making meaning of content happens as more students engage in learning interactions (c onversation) (Chou, 2004). These are also components of social constructioni sm pedagogical alternatives, in which learners engage in reflexive deliberati ons, polyvocal pedagogies, and collabo rative interactions (Gergen, 1999; Gee,1999). Review of Literature Tu and Corry (2003) stated, The goal of online discussion is to promote constructive thinking and maximize interactions between an d among instructors, students, contents, and interface (p. 303). It was Michael Moore who in 1989 identified thr ee basic types of interaction: student-teacher, student-content, and student-stu dent interaction. In 1994, Hillman, Willis, and Gunawardena added a forth type of interaction: in terface-student in teraction. The possibilities of this last type of intera ction can be twofold: at the initial stages of huma n computer interaction, it 213

PAGE 214

can be viewed as a barrier, but as experience builds up, students and instructors are able to use technology to its full capabiliti es (Kanuka, Collet, & Caswe ll, 2002) until technology is no longer an issue and turns out to be almost invisible to the user. Other research by Prez-Prado and Thirunara yanan (2002) found that interacting with peers fortified the learning process and made it more enjoyable (p. 197). Stein and Glazer (2003) concluded that when communities of learne rs are built in distance education, they help students emotionally, providing a supportive space where they can share and find information. Lee and Gibson (2003) researched the mechanisms students use to be self-directed in an online course and concluded that students can deve lop the sense of being self-directed if the environment encourages dialogue, pr ovides flexibility, and allows them to take responsibility for their own learning. Wegerif (1998) studied the social dimens ions related to asynchronous learning environments. He identified a set of factors that can influence community building in online classes, including course design, th e role of the moderators, the interaction styles of course participants, and features of the technol ogical medium used (p. 48). Even though the development of technology has made great advances and access to technology has increased, these factors are still the object of research. Knowlton (2003) answered some of the questi ons posed by Wegerif (1998) in a research conducted to present a system to evaluate students contributions to a discussion forum in an online course, in which he included formative and summative activities. He emphasized the importance of working in a structured environmen t so that students coul d develop the skills of critical thinking and critical wr iting, as well as the skills rela ted to providing constructivist feedback. In his research, he pr ovided students with self-evaluati on questions to use before their 214

PAGE 215

own postings and with examples of critical writing, rubrics, and generative questions to evaluate their peers. In this way, Knowlton (2003) c onnected writing-acrossthe-curriculum to asynchronous discussion (p. 39). Kanuka, Collet, and Caswell (2002) studied th e impact asynchronous, text-based Internet communication technology has on in struction when integrated in to distance courses. Although working from the instructors perspectives, they also addressed the issue of structured environments, finding that undergraduate student s needed more structure and dialogue than graduate students. Structured environments can help students reduce the transactional distance and the feeling of isolation that sometimes is a ssociated with online courses. The authors also found that the degree of fl exibility is dependent on the degree of control students have and that there is a need to model effective teaching by moderating discussions and contributing special knowledge and insights, weaving together variou s discussion threads and course components, and maintaining group harmony (p. 164, cite d from Rohfeld and Hiemstra, 1995, p. 91 by Kanuka, Collet, & Caswell, 2002). Tu and Corry (2003) proposed a set of dimensi ons, a group of properties that try to define good discussion forum practices. These are: (1) discussion cycle Wednesday to Tuesday, (2) discussion duration two weeks, (3) class size te n to fifteen students, (3) depth of threads controlled by the instructor, (5) discussion freque ncy too much or too lit tle activity should be avoided, (6) learner-learner in teraction time is crucial to maintain communication, (7) moderation to provide effective guidance, (8) number of posti ngs per students two to four, (9) instructions for discussions should be prov ided prior the beginning of the discussions, and (10) evaluation measures for quality should be provided overtly (f or example, to use a rubric for formative evaluation). 215

PAGE 216

Tu and Corrys (2003) research is consistent with previous researc h. For example, they agree with Knowlton who addressed the importa nce of giving students examples and selfevaluation guides in order to make better posting s. They also agree with how Wegerif (1998) and Stein and Glazer (2003) viewed the moderators role. Neverthe less, Tu and Corrys (2003) position about the number of students per group is challenged by Chou (2004), who observed that there was more equal participation in the discussion in three-member small groups than in large groups (p. 16). Most of the available research studies investigate the use of discussion forums as they relate to distance learning, on-line courses, or mixed courses face-to-face and on-line courses. Little has been done with public discussion forums and how they help students construct knowledge in informal learning environments. This research identified the activities that took place during the construction of knowledge in a public discussion forum and described the types of interaction occurring in su ch an environment where volunta ry interchange of knowledge was conducted. Methodology This study investigated how math ematics public discussion forums are used to socially construct knowledge while developing communities of learners. Gees (1999) discourse analysis method allowed the researcher to look at two case studies from the activity building perspective. Two threads were analyzed using a combination of (1) Gunawardena, Lowe, and Anderson (1997) interaction analysis model and (2) L ee and Gibsons (2003) in terpretation of selfdirection. Gunawardena, Lowe, and Andersons assessm ent model was based on content analysis, dividing the construction of knowle dge into five phases: (1) shar ing and comparing information; (2) discovering and exploring dissonance or inco nsistency among ideas, concepts, or statements; 216

PAGE 217

(3) negotiating meaning, or co -construction of knowledge; (4 ) testing and modifying the proposed synthesis or co-construction, and (5) ag reeing statements or applications of newlyconstructed meaning (p. 419). Lee and Gibson (2003) analyzed the indicator s of self-direction from three different dimensions: control (interdependence, proficie ncy, and resources), critical reflection, and responsibility. They also looked at the content of the messages and classified them as cognitive, meta-cognitive, social, organizational, and technical. Participants Data was available from The Math Forum discussion forums web site ( http://www.mathforum.org ), a leading center for mathematics and mathematics education on the Internet located physically in Philadelphi a, PA (The Math Forum @ Drexel, 2004). The discussion forum is a public environment where mathematicians, students, teachers, and math enthusiasts meet at any time and from anywhere Contributions are rece ived from the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Aust ralia, Micronesia, and other countries. They come from different types of do mains, including private networks (net), commercial (com), nonprofit organizations (org), and education (edu) especially universities (such as University of Maryland, University of Californi a (Berkley & Stanford), Oklahom a State University, University of Georgia, and others). Other participants addresse s cannot be easily cla ssified as to their location and type of domain. Questions or comments are posted in this di scussion forum, initiating a discussion that during the month evaluated reached over 140 messages in a single thread. The Math Forum mission is to provide resources, materials, activities, person-to-per son interactions, and educational products and servic es that enrich and support teaching and learning in an increasingly technological world (The Math Forum @ Drexel, 2004). The public math 217

PAGE 218

discussion forum has no official moderator, users post their messages at any time, interaction occurs regularly, modeling is realized by the contributions of the users themselves, and participants are not identified as undergraduate or graduate, studen ts or instructors, or in any other way, unless they had volunteered such info rmation. The users of the forum maintain the integrity of its contents. In this research, pseudonyms are used to en sure participants anonym ity in case they had included personal information. An IRB was submitted, but this research was exempt from getting the approval of the part icipants since data is archived, no personal identifiers are used, and no personal contact with particip ants would take place. Researcher The researcher is an undergraduate first and s econd year mathematic professor interested in the use of communication t ools that allow students to write a bout mathematics and to search for meaning while interactin g with more knowledgeable others such as students, mentors, and teachers. As a graduate student, she has resear ched the teaching of ma thematics with technology, including the possibilitie s available through the Internet. She has also researched the importance of communication in the e-lear ning environments and its im pact on quality education. In terms of theory, she believes in the importance of Vygotskys zone of proximal development: the impact that a mentor can have academically and psychologically over the mentee related to the construction of knowledge and the sense of empowerment and selfactualization that can be developed. She is al so interested in the importance of social construction of knowledge where communities of learners share, explore, and develop new understanding. 218

PAGE 219

Procedure After identifying the source of data for this research, The Math Forum and a specific discussion forum, alt.math.undergrad, the rese archer observed that the discussions were organized by month. She selected one month for evaluation and an alyzed the threads with more than ten postings. In this way, she expected to find a more comprehensive overview of the interaction that takes place in the discussion foru m. The topics under consideration would be first and second year mathematics. Taking Gees (1999) activity build ing task questions as the basis for analysis, the next step was to answer the questions related to the set of activities and sub-activ ities that were taking place in the specific threads and to answer the questions related to the actions generated by the postings. The activities were determined through the use of Gunawardena, Lowe, and Andersons (1997) interaction analysis model and Lee and Gibsons (2003) interpretation of selfdirection. In this research, there was no need to develop transcript data since it was already posted in the discussion forum. A limitation to this proces s, however, is that there was no opportunity to clarify the information presente d by the participants; nor was th ere the opportunity to help empower them through the acquisition of new knowledge and the clarification of misunderstandings. Empowerment and knowledge building was accomplished in most cases through the discussion generated by the participants of the thread s. The analysis conducted in this research was equivalent to the analysis of historical archives because there was no personal contact with the participants and because th e threads have a beginning and an ending date. Results Two case studies are presented in this paper: (1) The case of the integral, and (2) The trigonometric identity. Each of these cases repr esents a single thread in the discussion forum 219

PAGE 220

with more than ten postings, seve n to eleven (11) participants and a discussion that lasted between three and five days. Case of the Integral The main activity on in this thread was finding the solution to the integral dx/[(x^2)*ln(x)]. Ralph presented this probl em and received two immediate responses, including hints on how to solve the problem. Th e following sub-actions took place: requests for clarification, provision of explanations, pr esentation of new hints, corrections to misunderstandings, confirmation of information, and presentation of the solution. These were then summarized by one participant. In this case, generation of knowledge took place during a period of three days. Seven people interacted with each other, sharing ideas, asking mo re questions, and developing understanding of the problem until a solution was presented. Four people posted more than once in an online conversation that had order, empower ing its participants th rough the generation of new knowledge and the cl arification of ideas. Trigonometric Identity Case In this case, Stacy was looking for clarif ication. She had solved a problem, but the textbook that she was using indicated her solu tion was wrong. Her post asked the question Is this right? and users confirmed her findings by an swering in the affirmative and by trying to find out why she was confused. The actions that took place in this thread included answering the specific question post by Stacy (with a simple Right!), posting new examples, connecting with previous knowledge, relating th e question to other topics an d mathematical rules, giving references to tools available in the web, asking new questions related to trigonometry, and presenting new ways of looking at the problem by moving from the algebraic version to the geometric version of the problem. 220

PAGE 221

Both positive and negative social interventi ons took place in this thread. The negative intervention occurred when Susan came in and stated, From reading his posts, nothing mathematical is being thought at all. This comment was made in response to Tyler, who in a previous posting related the concepts to differe nt mathematical rules. The positive intervention occurred when Tyler thanked Israel for maki ng a reference to his work with a simple <> Thank you. In this way, physical ex pressions were made possible and his previous intervention is rendered as important. No other so cial interventions happe ned in this thread. The generation of knowledge in th is case is more complex than that of the previous case. This discussion lasted four days and had more postings. At the end, Stacy not only got the answer to her first question but also to two other questions she had. In this discussion, algebra was related to geometry, a visual example was given, and an explanation of why sin 60 = square root of ( ) /2 was presented using an equilateral tria ngle, a bisector and th e definition of sin. Discussion The review of literature showed that discussion forums were mostly associated with courses in which students analyz ed literary work. Little was d one in the area of mathematics. Although a need for writing in mathematics was established by th e National Council of Mathematics Teachers (1989), most research in mathematics was related to writing journals and writing new problems. This research investigated how mathematics public discussion forums were used to socially construct knowledge while developing co mmunities of learners. Participants in this forum included students, teachers, professors, and math enthusiasts. Together they helped each other clarify their questions and construct new knowledge. In the two examples presented here, 221

PAGE 222

discussions about a particular math problem occu rred in an ordered fash ion. Most interventions were content related, very few were social. The social construction of know ledge took place when people fr om different places and in different countries interacted with one anothe r. The zone of proximal development was then increased beyond the physical surroundings and re sources available to the mentee. Mentors, beyond the physical range of the mentee, were able to help them clarify and find solutions to the problems they posted to the forum. As the use of the Internet increases, the possibilities for building new communities of learners are made possible. References Chou, C. C. (2004, January-March). A model of learner-centered compute r-mediated interaction for collaborative distance learning. International Journal on E-Learning pp. 11-18. Dabbagh, Nada. (2004). Distance lear ning: Emerging pedagogical i ssues and learning designs. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 5 (1), 37-49. DaSilva, L. A. (2003). Experiences in collabora tive distributed learning across geographies and heterogeneous student populations in a graduate engineering course. Journal of distance Education Technologies, 1 (4), 72-82. Gee, J. P. (1999). An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and Method London: Routledge. Gergen, K. J. (1999). An Invitation to Social Construction. London, UK: Sage Publications. Gunawardena, C. N., Lowe, C. A., & Anderson, T. (1997). Analysis of a global online debate and the development of an interaction analysis model for examining social construction of knowledge in computer conferencing. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 17 (4), 397-431. Hillman, D. C. A., Willis, D. J., & Gunawardena, C. N. (1994). Learner-interface interaction in distance education: An extension of contempor ary models and strategi es for practitioners. The American Journal of Distance Education 8(2), 30-42. Jonassen, D. H. (2000). Computers as Mindtools for Schools: Engaging Critical Thinking (2nd. ed.). New York: Merrill. Kanuka, H., Collet, D., & Caswell, C. (2002). Univ ersity instructor perceptions of the use of asynchronous text-based discus sion in distance courses. The American Journal of Distance Education, 16 (3), 151-167. 222

PAGE 223

Knowlton, D. S. (2003). Evaluating college stud ents efforts in asynchronous discussion: A systematic process. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education 4 (1), 31-41. Lee, J., & Gibson, C. C. (2003). Developing self-d irection in an online co urse through computermediated interaction. The American Journal of Distance Education, 17(3), 173-187. Lock, J. V. (2002). Laying the groundwork for the development of learning communities within online courses. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 3 (4), 395-408. Math Forum @ Drexel Retrieved July 27, 2004, from http://mathforum.org Moore, M. G. (1989). Editorial: Three types of interaction. The American Journal of Distance Education, 32 (2), 1-6. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (1989, March). Curriculum and Evaluation Standards for School Mathematics. Reston, VA: NCTM. Ornstein, A. C., & Hunkins, F. P. (2004). Curriculum: Foundations, Principles, and Issues (4th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson. Prez-Prado, A., & Thirunarayanan, MO. ( 2002). A qualitative comparison of online and classroom-based sections of a cour se: Exploring stude nt perspectives. Education Media International http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals Rohfeld, R. W., & Hiemstra, R. (1995). Moderating discussions in the electronic classroom. In Z. L. Berge and M. P. Collins (eds.), Computer Mediated Communication and the Online Classroom (Vol. 3, pp. 91-104), Cresskill, JH: Hampton Tu, C. H. & Corry, M. (2003). Designs, manage ment tactics, and strategies in asynchronous learning discussions. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education 4 (3), 303-315. Stein, D. & Glazer, H. R. (2003). Mentoring the adult l earner in academic midlife at a distance education university. The American Journal of Distance Education 17(1), 7-23. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The development of higher psychological processes. MA: Harvard University Press. Wegerif, R. (1998). The social dimension of asynchronous learning networks. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 2 (1), 34-49. Wheeler, S. (2002). Student perceptions of learning support in distance education. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 3 (4), 419-429. Woods, R., & Ebersole, S. (2003) Using non-subject-matter-specific discussion boards to build connectedness in online learning. The American Journal of Distance Education, 17 (2), 99118. 223

PAGE 224

LIST OF REFERENCES Abel, R. (2005). Implementing best practices in online learning. Educause Quarterly. Retrieved on October 11, 2005 from http://www.educause.edu/ir/library/pdf/EQM05312.pdf Ainsworth, S., & Hardy, C. (2004). Critical disc ourse analysis and identity: Why bother? Critical Discourse Studies, 1(2), 225-259. Algebra Online. Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.algebra-online.com Alvesson, M. & Skldberg, K. (2000). Reflexive Methodology: Ne w vistas for qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. American Mathematical Association of TwoYear Colleges (AMATYC). (2005). Retrieved on March 16, 2006 from http://www.amatyc.org/. Anfara, V. A., Brown, K. M., & Mangione, T. L. (2002). Qualitative analysis on stage: Making the research process more public. Educational Researcher 31(7), 28-38. Antaki, C. Billig, M., Edwards, D., & Potter, J. (2002). Discourse analysis means doing analysis: A critique of six an alytic shortcomings. Discourse Analysis Online Retrieved on July 17, 2006 from http://www.shu.ac.uk/daol/article s/v1/n1/a1/antaki2002002-paper.html Ask Dr. Math. (1994-2008). Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.mathforum.org Austin, J. L. (1962). How to Do Things with Words Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Baines, L. (1997). Future schlock: Using fabricated data and politically co rrect platitudes in the name of education reform. Phi Delta Kappan 78(7), 492-498. Barsalou, L. (1992) Cognitive psychology: An overvi ew for cognitive scientists Hove, Sussex and Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Beckmann, P. (1971). A History of (Pi) NY: Barnes & Noble Books. Berge, Z. L. (2000). Components of the online cla ssroom. In R. E. Weiss, D. S. Knowlton, & B. W. Speck (Eds.), Principles of Effective Teac hing in the Online Classroom (Num. 84, New Directions for Teaching and Learnin g, pp. 23-28). Austin, TX: Jossey-Bass. Berge, Z. L., & Muilenburg, L. (2000). Designing discussion questions fo r online, adult learning. Educational Technology, 40 (5), 53-56. Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1966). The Social Construction of Reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. NY: Anchor Books. Berners-Lee, T. (1998). The World Wide Web: A ver y short personal history. Retrieved on February 12, 2006 from http://www.w3.org/People/Berners-Lee/ShortHistory 224

PAGE 225

Bloom, B.S., Engelhart, M.D., Furst, E. J., Hill, W.H., & Krathwohl, D.R. (1956). Taxonomy of Educational Objective ( Handbook I: Cognitive Domain). NY: McKay. Bolick, C. M. (2006). Digital archives: Democratizing the doing of history. The International Journal of Social Education, 21(1), 122-134. Bolin, P. B. (2003). Mathematics in a ubiquitous computing environment: Communication, roles, and sense making Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3096337). Boyd, R., & Danielson, R. (2007). Whats We b 2.0 and why should I care? A primer and innovative program model. Campus Technology Conference (Session Details) USA. Retrieved on July 27, 2007 from http://www.campustechnology.com/conferen ce/SessionDetails.aspx?section_id=445 Brown, A., & Davis, N. (2004). Digital Technologies, Co mmunities, and Education New York: Routledge Falmer. [Electronic book]. Bruer, J. T. (1993). Writing: Transformative knowledge. In J. T. Bruer, Schools for Thought: A science of learning in the classroom (pp. 215-256). Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Bull, G. & Ferster, B. (2005-06). Ubi quitous computing in a Web 2.0 World. Learning and Leading with Technology, 33(4), 9-11. Burbules, N. C. (2000). Moving beyond the impasse. In D. C. Phillips (Ed.), Constructivism in Education: Opinions and Second Opinions on Controversial Issues (Ninety-ninth Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, pp. 308-330). Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Burman, E. (2003). Discourse analysis means analyzing discourse: Some comments on Antaki, Billig, Edwards and Potter Discourse analysis means doing analysis: A critique of six analytic shortcomings. Discourse Analysis Online. Retrieved on July 17, 2006 from http://www.shu.ac.uk/daol/article s/open/2003/003/burman2003003-paper.html Burns, M. (2004, October). Writing in Math. Educational Leadership 62(2), 30-33. Burns, M. (2005, November). Looking at how students reason. Educational Leadership, 63(3), 26-31. Burton, L, & Morgan, C. (2000). Mathematicians writing. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 31(4), 429-453. Chou, C. C. (2004, January-March). A model of learner-centered compute r-mediated interaction for collaborative distance learning. International Journal on E-Learning 11-18. Clark, D., & Waywood, A. (1993). Probing th e structure of mathematical writing. Educational Studies in Mathematics 25(3), 235-250. 225

PAGE 226

Clark, R. E. (1983). Reconsidering Research on Learning from Media. Review of Educational Research 53(4), 445-459. Clarke, A. E. (2005). Situational Analysis: Grounded th eory after the postmodern turn (pp. 145179). Thousand Oaks: CA: Sage Publications. Clarke, D., & Waywood, A. (1993). Probing th e structure of mathematical writing. Educational Studies in Mathematics 25(3), 235-250. Class2Class. Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.mathforum.org/class2class Conference Board of Mathematical Scienc es. (n.d.). Retrieved on June 2005, from http://www.cbmsweb.org/Members/about_cbms.htm Connecting Mathematics to Our Lives: International Project [Conectando las Matemticas a la Vida: Proyecto Internacional]. Retrieved on March 2006 from http://www.orillas.org/math Cook, J. (1995). Integrating math and writing. Teaching PreK-8 25(8), 22-23. Crotty, M. (1998). The Foundation of Social Research: Mean ing and perspective in the research process. London, UK: Sage Publications. Crowe, D., & Zand, H. (2000a). Computers and undergraduate mathematics 1: Setting the scene. Computers & Education 35, 95-121. Crowe, D., & Zand, H. (2000b). Computers an d undergraduate mathematics 3: Internet resources. Computers & Education 35 123-147. Crowe, D., & Zand, H. (2001). Computers and u ndergraduate mathematics 2: On the desktop. Computers & Education 35, 317-344. Da Silva, L. A. (2003). Experiences in collabo rative distributed learni ng across geographies and heterogeneous student populations in a graduate engineering course. Journal of Distance Education Technologies, 1 (4), 72-82. Davis, N., & Cho, M. O. (2005, April). Intercultura l competence for future leaders of educational technology and its evaluation. Interactive Educat ional Multimedia 10, 1-22. Davis, N., Cho, M. O., Hagenson, L. (2005). Intercultural competence and the role of technology in teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education 4(4), 384-394. Dawning, K. (1997). "Ask Dr. Math" at Swarthmore's interactive mathematics forum on the Internet. Retrieved on March 2006 from http://www.swarthmore.edu/bulletin/archive/97/june97/math.html 226

PAGE 227

Dawson, K. M. (1998). Factors Influencing El ementary Teachers Instructional Use of Computers. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 9820318). Dawson, K., & Ferdig, R. E. (2005, April). Experien ces in promoting an in tercultural perspective in an educational technology program. Interactive Educational Multimedia 10, 23-37. DiBartolo, T. M. (2000). Writing opportunities as a teaching/learning tool in a college mathematics course. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT9989268). Dilson, J. (1968). The Abacus: A pocket computer New York, NY: St. Martins Press. Duffy, T. M. & Cunningham, D. (1996). Constr uctivism: Implications for the design and delivery of instruction. In Jonassen, D. (Ed.), Handbook of Research for Educational Communications and Technology (2nd. ed., pp.170-198). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Dunlap, J. C. (2004). Software engineers help ing themselves: The web resource collaboration center. TechTrends 48(2), 40-466. Dusterhoff, M. (1995). Why write in mathematics? Teaching PreK-8 25(4), 48-49. Erickson, F., & Gutierrez, K. (2002). Culture, Ri gor, and Science in Educational Research. Educational Researcher, 3 (8), 21-24. Fairclough, N., Graham, O., Lemke, J., & Wodak, R. (2004). Editorial. Critical Discourse Studies 1 (1), 1-7. Fauske, J, & Wade, S. E. (2003-2004). Research to practice online: Conditions that foster democracy, community, and critical thi nking in computer-mediated discussions. Journal of Research on Technology in Education 36(2), 137-153. Ferdig, R. E. & Dawson, K. (2005). Technology a nd the deep play of intercultural teacher education: A reflection on two semina l writings of Clifford Geertz. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 4 (4) 489-503. Ferdig, R. E. & Roehler, L. R. (2003-2004). Stud ent uptake in electronic discussions: Examining online discourse in literacy preservice classrooms. Journal of Research on Technology in Education 36 (2), 119-136. Ferdig, R. E. (2005, April). Using multimedia and hypermedia to promote intercultural education and an appreciation for pedagogical and student diversity. Interactive Educational Multimedia 10, 38-49. Ferdig, R. E. (2007). Editorial: Examining social software in teacher education. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education 15(1), 5-10. 227

PAGE 228

Fielding, M. (1996). Beyond collabora tion: On the importance of community. In D. Brides & C. Husbands (eds.), Consulting & Collaborating in the Education Market Place (Chapter 13). Washington, DC: Falmer Press. Foucault, M. (1972). The Archaeology of Knowledge and the Discourse on Language. NY: Pantheon Books. Freire P. (1978). Pedagogy of the Oppressed Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagoga del Oprimido (12th ed.). Argentina: Si glo XXI Argentina Editores S. A. Galindo, E. (2005). Mathematics teaching and lear ning supported by the In ternet. In W. J. Masalski & P. C. Elliot (Eds.), Technology-Supported Mathematics Learning Environments (67th Yearbook, pp. 241-261). Reston, VA: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Gee, J. P. & Green, J. L. (1998). Discourse Analysis, Learning, and Social Practice: A methodological study. Review of Research in Education 23, 119-169. Gee, J. P. (1999). An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and method (pp. 118-148). New York, NY: Routledge. Gee, J. P. (2000). Discourse and sociocultural studies in reading. In M. L. Kamil, P. B. Mosenthal, P. D. Pearson, & R. Barr, Handbook of Reading Research (Vol. III, pp. 195207). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Association, Publ. Gee, J. P. (2000-2001). Identity as an an alytic lens for research in education. Review of Research in Education 25, 99-125. Gee, J. P. (2004). Discourse analysis: What makes it critical? In R. Rogers (Ed.), An Introduction to Critical Discourse Analysis in Education (pp. 19-50). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. Gee, J. P. (2005). An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and method (2nd ed.). NY: Routledge. Geertz, C. (1973). Thick description: Toward an interpretive theory of culture. In C. Geertz, The Interpretation of Cultures: Selected essays (pp. 3-30). NY: Basic Books. Gergen, K. J. (1991). The Saturated Self: Dilemmas of identity in contemporary life NY: Basic Books, Harper Collins Publishers. Gergen, K. J. (1994). Toward Transformation in Social Knowledge London, UK: Sage Publications. Gergen, K. J. (1999). An Invitation to Social Construction. London, UK: Sage Publications. 228

PAGE 229

229 Gergen, K. J. (2000). Technology, Self, and the Moral Project. In J. e. Davis, Identity and Social Change (pp. 135-154). New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction Publishers. Gergen, K. J. (2003a). Knowledge as socially cons tructed. In M. Gergen, & K. J. Gergen (Eds.), Social Construction: A reader (pp. 15-17). London, UK: Sage Publications. Gergen, K. J. (2003b). Meaning in relationshi p. In M. Gergen, & K. J. Gergen (Eds.), Social Construction: A reader (pp. 148-155). London, UK: Sage Publications. Gergen, M. M., & Gergen, K. J. (2000). Qualitativ e inquiry: Tensions and transformations. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd ed., pp. 10251046). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Gergen, M. M., & Gergen, K. J. (Eds.). (2003). Social Construction: A reader. London, UK: Sage Publications. Gergen, M. M., & Gergen, K. J. (Eds.). (2004) Reflections: Between Narcissus and Dorian Grey. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 14 299-301. Gilbert, L. & Moore, D. R. (1998). Building intera ctivity into web courses: Tools for social and instructional interaction. Educational Technology 38(3), 29-35. Glesne, C. (1999). Becoming Qualitative Rese archers: An introduction NY: Longman, Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. Global SchoolNet. The Global Schoolhouse Organization Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.globalschoolnet.org/GSH Glover, D., Miller, D., Averis, D., Door, V. (2007, March). The evolution of an effective pedagogy for teachers using the interactiv e whiteboard in mathematics and modern languages: An empirical analys is from the secondary sector. Learning Media & Technology 32(1), p5-20. Goss, M. A. (1998). Writing to learn: An experiment in calculus. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 9916028). Grandgenett, N. (2001). The Math Forum. Mathematics and Computer Education, 35 (3), 270281. Gross, R. (1992). Lifelong learning in the learning society of the twenty -first century. In C. Collins and J. N. Mangieri, Teaching Thinking: An agenda for the twenty-first century (pp. 135-143). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc. Gunawardena, C., Lowe, C. A., & Anderson, T. ( 1997). Analysis of a global online debate and the development of an interaction analysis model for examining so cial construction of knowledge in computer conferencing. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 17 (4), 397-431.

PAGE 230

Hacker, D. J. & Niederhauser, D. S. (2000). Pr omoting deep and durable learning in the online classroom. In R. E. Weiss, D. S. Knowlton, & B. W. Speck (Eds.), Principles of Effective Teaching in the Online Classroom (pp. 53-63). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Hardy, G. H. (1992). A Mathematicians Apology Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press. Hatch, A. (2002). Doing qualitative research in educational setting (pp. 147-210). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Hathorn, L. G., & Ingram, A. L. (2002) Online collaboration: Making it work. Educational Technology 42(1), 33-40. Heid, M. K. (2005). Technology in mathematics edu cation: Tapping into visi ons of the future. In W. J. Masalski & P. C. Elliot (Eds.), Technology-Supported Mathematics Learning Environments (67th Yearbook, pp. 345-366). Reston, VA: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Hemmings, R. (1975). Cincuenta Aos de Libertad: Las ideas de A. S. Neill y la escuela de Summerhill [Fifty Years of Freedom A Study of th e Development of the Ideas of A. S. Neill]. Madrid, Espaa: Alianza Editorial. Hepburn, A., & Potter, J. (2003). Di scourse analytic practice. In C. Seale, D. Silverman, J. Gubrium, & G. Gobo (Eds.), Qualitative Research Practice (pp. 180-196). London: Sage Publications. Hill, R. (1993). Archival strategies and techniques [Qualitative Research Methods Series, 31]. London, UK: Sage Publications. Hillman, D. C. A., Willis, D. J., & Gunawardena, C. N. (1994). Learner-interface interaction in distance education: An extension of contempor ary models and strategi es for practitioners. The American Journal of Distance Education 8 (2), 30-42. Im, Y., & Lee, O. (2003-2004). Pedagogical impli cations of online discussion for preservice teacher training. Journal of Research on Technology in Education 36(2), 155-170. International Leadership for Edu cational Technology (ILET). (2002-2005). In Iowa State University Recovered September 7, 2007 from http://www.public.iastate .edu/~ilet/homepage.html Jetton, T. L. (2003-2004). Using computer-mediated discussion to facilitate preservice teachers understanding of literacy assessment and instruction. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 36(2), 137-153. Jonassen, D. H. (2000). Computers as Mindtools for Schools: Engaging Critical Thinking (2nd. ed.). New York: Merrill. Jorgensen, D. L. (1989). Participant Observation: A methodology for human studies [Applied Social Research Methods Series, 15]. London, UK: Sage Publications. 230

PAGE 231

Joworski, A., & Coupland, N. (1999). A Discourse Reader. New York: Routledge. Kane, G. C., Rheingold, H., & Brainard, J. ( 2007, September 6). Wikis and Emerging Web 2.0 eLearning Communities. Campus Technology Webinar Kane, J. (2000, April 20). Math Foru m acquired by online software company. phoenixonline. Retrieved on September 4, 2005 from http://www.sccs.swarthmore.edu/org/phoenix/2000/2000-04-20/news/mathforum.html [This document is no longer availabl e over the Web. Please request a copy.] Kanuka, H., Collet, D. & Caswell, C. (2002). Univ ersity instructor per ceptions of the use of asynchronous text-based discus sion in distance courses. The American Journal of Distance Education, 16 (3), 151-167. King, F. B. (2004). Book Review: Review of the book Handbook of Distance Education Journal of Educational Computing Research 31(2), 209-214. Knowledge Forum (n.d.) Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.knowledgeforum.com Knowlton, D. S. (2000). A theoretical framewor k for the online classroom: A defense and delineation of a student-centered pedagogy. In R. E. Weiss, D. S. Knowlton, & B. W. Speck (Eds.), Principles of effective teac hing in the online classroom ( Num. 84, New Directions for Teaching and Learnin g, pp. 5-14). Austin, TX: Jossey-Bass. Knowlton, D. S. (2003). Evaluating college stud ents efforts in asynchronous discussion: A systematic process. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education 4 (1), 31-41. Knuth, D. E. (1992, May). Two notes on notation. The American Mathematical Monthly, 99 (5), 403-422. Koro-Ljungberg, M. (2001). Metaphors as a way to explore qualitative data. Qualitative Studies in Education 14(3), 367-379. Kozma, R. B. (1991). Learning with media. Review of Educational Research, 61(2), 179-211. Krathwohl, D. R., Bloom, B. S., & Masia, B. B. (1964). Taxonomy of Educational Objectives [Handbook II: Affective domain]. New York: David McKay Co. Krussel, L. (n. d.). Whats the difference? T eaching mathematics to standards in a distance learning environment (pp. 196-199). Re trieved on March 3, 2004 from http://math.unipa.it/~grim/SiKrussel.PDF Krussel, L., Springer, G. T., & Edwards, B. ( 2004). The teachers discourse moves: A framework for analyzing discourse in mathematics classrooms. School Science and Mathematics, 104(7), 307-312. Kvale, S. (1995). The social construction of reality. Qualitative Inquiry, 9 (1), 19-40. 231

PAGE 232

Kvale, S. (1996). InterViews: An introduction to qualitative research interviewing London, UK: Sage Publications. Lave, J. (1991). La cognicin en la prctica. Buenos Aires, Argentina: Paids. Lave, J. (1996). Teaching, as learning, in practice. Mind, Culture, and Activity 3 (3), 149-164. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitima te Peripheral Participation. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press. Lee, J., & Gibson, C. C. (2003). Developing self-d irection in an online co urse through computermediated interaction. The American Journal of Distance Education, 17 (3), 173-187. Leiner, B. M., Cerf, V. G., Clar k, D. D., Kahn, R. E., Kleinrock, L., Lynch, D. C., Postel, J., Roberts, L. G., & Wolff, S. (2003). A Brief History of the Internet Retrieved on February 10, 2006 from http://www.isoc.org/intern et/history/brief.shtml Lever-Duffy, J., McDonald, J. B., & Mizell, A. P. (2005, 2003). Teaching and Learning with Technology Boston, MA: Pearson. Li, Q. (2004). Knowledge building community: Keys for using online forums. TechTrends 48(4), 24-28. Lincoln, Y. S., & Denzin, N. K. (2000). The sevent h moment: Out of the past. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd ed., pp. 1047-1065). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Lock, J. V. (2002). Laying the groundwork for the development of learning communities within online courses. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 3 (4), 395-408. Lotze, C. D. (2002). Online mathematics a nd statistics tutoring: Effectiveness and implementation issues. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3035446). Loud, B. (1999). Effects of journal writing on attit udes, beliefs, and achievement of students in a college mathematics course. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 9923962). Lutzer, D. J., Maxwell, J. W., & Rodi, S. B. (2000). Statistical Abstract of Undergraduate Programs in the Mathematical Sciences in the United States. WA, DC: Conference Board of Mathematical Sciences. Retrieved on June, 2005 from http://www.cbmsweb.org Math Forum @ Drexel (1994-2004). Quick reference sh eet. Retrieved on 2004 from http://www.mathforum.org Math Forum Internet News. ( 1998, September). Discussions. 3.39A. Math Forum @ Drexel (2004, August through December). a lt.math.undergrad (Discussion forum archived data files. Located at http://www.mathforum.org .) 232

PAGE 233

Math Forum @ Drexel (2006). Retrieved on February 19, 2006 from http://www.mathforum.org Math Forum @ Drexel. (2007). Math Talk. Retrieved on June 2nd, 2007 from http://mathforum.org/math_talk_landing.html Math Forums Ask Dr. Math (1994-2006). Retrieved on March 2006 from http://mathforum.org/dr.math Mathcad Collaboratory. (n.d.). Retrieved on March 15, 2006 from http://www.mathsoft.com Maye, M. C. (2003). Study-group collaboration among high-achieving students of African descent studying mathematics at se lective United States colleges. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3091277). McCarty, K. O., & Schwandt, T. A. (2000). Seduc tive Illusions: Von Glasersfeld and Gergen on Epistemology and Education. In D. C. Phillips (Ed.), Constructivism in Education: Opinions and Second Opinions on Controversial Issues (Ninety-ninth Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Educati on, pp. 41-85). Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. McIntosh, M. E., & Draper, R. J. (2001). Using learning logs in mathematics: Writing to learn. Mathematics Teacher, 91(7), 554-557. McKenna, B. (2004). Critical Discou rse Studies: Where to from here? Critical Discourse Studies, 1 (1), 9-39. Miller, L. D. (1992). Teacher benefits from usi ng impromptu writing prompts in algebra classes. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education 23(4), 329-340. Miller, L. D., & England, D. A. (1989). Writing to learn algebra. School Science and Mathematics 89(4), 299-312. Mishler, E. G. (1990). Validation in inquiry-guided research: The role of exemplars in narrative studies. Harvard Educational Review, 60(4), 415-442. MIT OpenCourseWare. (2003, January). January Newsletter Retrieved on June 14, 2005 from http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Gl obal/AboutOCW/newsletter.htm MIT OpenCourseWare. (2004, March). March 2004 Newsletter Retrieved on June 14, 2005 from http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Gl obal/AboutOCW/newsletter.htm MIT OpenCourseWare. (2005, May). Newsletter Retrieved on June 14, 2005 from http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Gl obal/AboutOCW/newsletter.htm Moore, M. G. (1989). Editorial: Three types of interaction. The American Journal of Distance Education, 32(2), 1-6. 233

PAGE 234

Morley, M. A. (2007). Embracing a vision: Mathematics and technology. Master Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT MR33544). Morrison, G. R., & Guenther, P. F. (2000). Designing instruction for learning in electronic classroom. In R. E. Weiss, D. S. Knowlton, and B. W. Speck (Eds.), Principles of Effective Teaching in the Online Classroom (pp. 15-22). San Francisco, CA: JosseyBass. Moses, R. P., & Cobb, C. E. (2001). Radical Equations: Civil rights from Mississippi to the Algebra Project. Boston, MA: Beacon Press. Nahrgang, C. L., & Peterson, B. T. (1986, Septem ber). Using writing to learn mathematics. Mathematics Teacher 461-465. Nason, R., & Woodruff, E. (2003). Fostering authen tic, sustained, and progressive mathematical knowledge-building activity in computer s upported collaborativ e learning (CSCL) communities. The Journal of Computers in Ma thematics and Science Teaching, 22 (4), 345-363. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (1989, March). Curriculum and Evaluation Standards for School Mathematics. Reston, VA: NCTM. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (1991, March). Professional Standards for Teaching Mathematics. Reston, VA: NCTM. Neill, A. S. (1963). Summerhill: Un punto de vista radical sobre la educacin de los nios [Summerhill, a Radical to Child Rearing] Mxico: Fondo de Cultura Econmica. Nichini, M., & Hung, D. (2002). Can a community of practice exist online? Educational Technology, 42 (4), 49-54. Offer, J. A. (2007). Help seeking in developmental mathematics courses. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3285942). Oppenheimer, T. (1997, July). The computer delusion. The Atlantic Monthly 45-62. Oppenheimer, T. (2003). The Flickering Mind: Saving educat ion from the false promise of technology. NY: Random House Tr ade Publications. Ortiz-Rodrguez, M., Telg, R. W., Irani, T., R oberts, T. G., & Rhoades, E. (2005). College Students Perceptions of Quality in Distance Education: The Importance of Communication. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 6 (2), pp. 97-105. Palloff, R. M., & Pratt, K. (1999). Building Communities in Cyberspace: Effective strategies for the online classroom. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Papert, S. (1980). Mindstorms: Children, comput ers, and powerful ideas. New York, NY: Basic Books. 234

PAGE 235

Parker, I. (2001). Discursive re sources in the Discourse Unit. Discourse Analysis Online 1(1). Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Pearce, D. L. & Davidson, D. M. (1988, January ). Teacher use of writing in the junior high mathematics classroom. School Science and Mathematics, 88 (1), 6-15. Prez-Prado, A., & Thirunarayanan, M. O. (2002). A qualitative comparison of online and classroom-based sections of a cour se: Exploring stude nt perspectives. Education Media International 39(2), 195-202. Peshkin, A. (1988, October). In search of subjectivity Ones Own. Educational Researcher, 17-21. Phillips, D. C. (1997). How, why, what, when, a nd where: Perspectives on constructivism in psychology and education. Issues in Education 3, 151-194. [HTML copy retrieved on July 2006 from the Academic Search Premier online services, 108099724.] Phillips, D. C. (2000). Constructivism in Education: Opinions and Second Opinions on Controversial Issues (Ninety-ninth Yearbook of the Na tional Society for the Study of Education). Chicago, IL: Univer sity of Chicago Press. Popular math Web site is sold to WebCT. (2000, April 6). The Associate Press p. State and Regional. Postman, N. (1992). Technolopoly: The surrender of culture to technology. New York: Vintage Books. Postman, N. (1995). The End of Education: Redefining the value of school. New York: Alfred A Knopf. Potter, J. (2003a). Discourse Analysis In M. Hardy & A. Bogman (Eds.), Handbook of Data Analysis (pp. 607-624). London, UK: Sage Publications. Potter, J. (2003b). Discourse Analysis and discou rse psychology. In P. M. Came, J. E. Phodes, & L. Yaredley (Eds.), Qualitative Research in Psychology (pp. 73-94). Washington, DC: APA. Potter, J. (2004). Discourse analysis as a way of analyzing naturally occurring talk. In D. Silverman (Ed.), Qualitative Research Th eory, Method, and Practice (2nd. ed.). London, UK: Sage Publications. Quick Math Automatic Math Solutions (1999-2006). Retrieved on March 2006 from http://quickmath.com 235

PAGE 236

Quinn, J. M. (2005). The impact of online experiences, shared during an undergraduate mathematics course, on mathematics identity. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3171843). Quinn, R. J., & Wilson, M. (1997). Writing in the mathematics classroom: Teacher beliefs and practices. Clearing House, 71 14-20. Recio Ferreras, E. (2001). Presencia de la Educacin a Distancia. San Juan, PR: Ediciones Puertorriqueas. Renninger, K. A., & Shumar, W. (2002). Community building with and for teachers at The Math Forum. In K. A. Renninger and W. Shumar (Eds.) Building Virtual Communities: Learning and change in cyberspace (pp. 60-95) Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press. Resnick, L. B. (1987, December). The 1987 Presiden tial Address: Learning in school and out. Educational Researcher 13-20. Restivo, S. & Bauchspies, W. K. (2006). The will to mathematics: Minds, morals, and numbers. Foundations of Science, 11, 197-215. Restivo, S. (1983). The social relations of physics, mysticism, and mathematics (Studies in Social Structure, Interests, and Ideas). Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company. Richards, J. (1991). Mathematical discu ssions. In E. Von Glasersfeld, (Ed.), Radical Constructivism in Mathematics Education (pp. 13-51). Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic Press. Roblyer, M. D. (2000). Digital desperation: Reports on a growing technology and equity crisis. Learning and Leading with Technology, 27(8), 50-53. Roblyer, M. D. (2003). Integrating Educational Technology into Teaching (3rd. ed.). Columbus, OH: Merrill, Prentice Hall. Roblyer, M. D. (2006). Integrating Educational Technology into Teaching (4th. ed.). Columbus, OH: Merrill, Prentice Hall. Roblyer, M. D., & Ekhaml, L. (2000). How inter active are your distance courses? A rubric for assessing interaction in distance learning. Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration (Retrieved from http://www.westga.edu/~distance/ojdla/ ) 3(2). Rogers, R. (Ed.). (2004). An Introduction to Critical Discourse Analysis in Education. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Rogers, R., Malancharuvil-Berkes, E., Moley, M., Hui, D., & Joseph, G. O. (2005). Critical Discourse Analysis in Education: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research 75(3), pp. 365-416. 236

PAGE 237

Rogoff, B. & Lave, J. (1984). Everyday Cognition: Its devel opment in social context Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Rogoff, B. (1994). Developing understanding of the idea of communities of learners. Mind, Culture, and Activity 1 (4), 209-229. Romberg, T. A. (1992). Mathematics learning and teach er: What we have learned in ten years. In C. Collins & J. N. Mangieri, Teaching Thinking: An agenda for the twenty-first century (pp. 43-64). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc. Rose, J. A. (2001). Impact of an Internet proj ect on college mathematics students discourse and meaning-making. Dissertation Abstracts Online (UMI/AAT 3004885). Sakshaug, L. E. (2000). Research on distance edu cation: Implications for learning mathematics. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics 22(3&4), 111-124. Sampson, E. E. (1993). Celebrating the Other Boulder, Co: Westview Press. Satwicz, T., & Stevens, R. (2008). A Distributive Perspectiv e for Collaborative Activity (pp. 491-522). In J. M. Spector, et al. (Eds.). Handbook of research on educational communications and technology (3rd. ed.). New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Schallert, D. L., Reed, J. H., & the D-Team. (2003 -2004). Intellectual, motivational, textual, and cultural considerations in teaching and l earning with computer-mediated discussion. Journal of Research on Technology in Education 36 (2), 103-118. Schoenfeld, A. H. (1994). A discourse on methods. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education 25(6), 697-710. Schrum, L. (Ed.). (2003-2004). Journal of Research on Technology in Education [Special Issue: Computer-Mediated Communication], 36(2). Schwandt, T. A. (2000). Three epistemological st ances for qualitative in quiry: Interpretivism, hermeneutics, and social constructionism. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd ed., pp. 189-213). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Schwandt, T. A. (2001). Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry. London, UK: Sage Publications. Sener, J. (1997). Creating asynchronous learni ng networks in mathem atics, science, and engineering courses for home-based learners. International Journal of Educational Telecommunications 3(3), 23-39. Shamatha, J. H., Peressini, D., & Meymaris, K. (2004). Technology-supported mathematics activities situated within an effective learning environment theoretical framework. Contemporary Issues in Tec hnology and Teacher Education 3(4), 362-381. 237

PAGE 238

Sharma, P., & Hannafin, M. (2004). Scaffolding cr itical thinking in an online course: An exploratory study. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 31(2), 181-208. Shield, M., & Galbraith, P. (1998). The analysis of student expository writing in mathematics. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 36 29-52. Shumar, W., & Renninger, K. A. (2002). Introducti on: On conceptualizing community. In K. A. Renninger and W. Shumar (Eds.), Building Virtual Communities: Learning and change in cyberspace (pp. 1-17) Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press Simonson, M. R. & Thomson, A. (1997). Educational Computing Foundations Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merril. Simonson, M., Smaldino, S., Albright, M., & Zvacek, S. (2003). Teaching and Learning at a Distance: Foundations of Distance Education. (2nd ed.). Columbus, OH: Merrill. Sliva, J. (2002). Developing a mathematical co mmunity using an electronic discussion forum in an elementary mathematics methods course. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education [Online serial], 2(1), 81-96. Smith, G. G., Ferguson, D., & Ca ris, M. (2003). The web versus the classroom: instructor experiences in discussion-based and mathematics-based disciplines. Journal of Educational Computing Research 29 (1), 29-59. Sorensen, E. K., & Murch, D. O. (2004). Designing online learning comm unities of practice: a democratic perspective. Journal of Educational Media 29(3), 189-200. St. Pierre, E. A. (2000). S cience rejects postmodernism. Educational Researcher, 31 (8), 25-27. Stein, D. & Glazer, H. R. (2003). Mentoring the adult l earner in academic midlife at a distance education university. The American Journal of Distance Education 17 (1), 7-23. Stepich, D. A., & Ertmer, P. A. (2003). Building community as a criti cal element of online course design. Educational Technology, 43(5), 33-43. Stevensen, C. (2004). Theoretical and methodol ogical approaches in discourse analysis. Nurse Researcher, 12 (2), 17-29. Stoll, C. (2000). High tech heretic: Why computers don t belong in the classroom and other reflections of a computer contrarian. New York: Anchor Books. Stonewater, J. (2002, November). The mathema tics writers checklist: The development of a preliminary assessment tool for writing in mathematics. School Science & mathematics, 102(7), 324-334. Stonewater, J. K. (2005, January). Inquiry teach ing and learning: The best math class study. School Science and Mathematics 105 (1), 36-47. 238

PAGE 239

Tichenor, M. S. & Jewell, M. J. (2001, Su mmer). Using e-mail to write about math. The Educational Forum, 65 (4) 300-308. Trentin, G. (2001). From formal training to comm unities of practice via network-based learning. Educational Technology, 41(2), 5-14. Tu, C. H., & Corry, M. (2003). Designs, management tactics, and strategies in asynchronous learning discussions. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education 4 (3), 303-315. Van Dijk, T. A. (2003). Critical Discourse Analysis. In D. Schiffrin, et al. (Eds.), Handbook of Discourse Analysis (pp. 352-371). Malden, MA: Beackwell. Voithofer, R. (2006). Studying intertextuality, di scourse and narratives to conceptualize and contextualize online learning environments. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 19 (2), 201-219. Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and Language Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wagner, E. D. (1994). In support of a functional definition of interaction. The American Journal of Distance Education, 8 (2), 6-26. Wagner, E. D. (1997). In support of a functional definition of interaction. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 71, 19-26. Wegerif, R. (1998). The social dimension of asynchronous learning networks. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 2(1), 34-49. Weis, R. E., Knowlton, D. S., & Speck, B. W. (Eds.). (2000). Principles of Effective Teaching in the Online Classroom (New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 84). Austin, TX: Jossey-Bass. Weiss, R. E. (2000). Humanizing the online classroom In R. E. Weiss, D. S. Knowlton, & B. W. Speck (Eds.), Principles of Effective Teac hing in the Online Classroom ( New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 84, pp. 47-51). Austin, TX: Jossey-Bass. Wenger, E. (2001). Comunidades de Prctica: Apre ndizaje, significado e identidad Barcelona, Espaa: Paids. Wheeler, S. (2002). Student perceptions of learning support in distance education. The Quarterly Review of Distance Education 3 (4), 419-429. Whitehurst, G. J. (2003). Research on mathematic s education. Washingto n, DC: US Department of Education. Retrieved on May 30, 2005 from http://www.ed.gov/rschstat/research/pr ogs/mathscience/whitehurst.html 239

PAGE 240

Winstead, L. (2004). Increasing academic motiv ation and cognition in reading, writing, and mathematics: Meaning-making strategies. Educational Research Quarterly 28(2), 30-49. Wodak, R. (1996). Disorders of Discourse. New York: Addison Wesley Longman. Woodal, M. (2000, April 6). Swarthmore sell s home of Ask Dr. Math to WebCT. Philadelphia Inquirer. Retrieved on April 9, 2005 from http://www.swarthmore.edu/news/inthenews/00/00.04.06.html Woods, R., & Ebersole, S. (2003) Using non-subject-matter-specific discussion boards to build connectedness in online learning. The American Journal of Distance Education, 17 (2), 99118. World Wide Learn (1999-2004). Retrieved on June 2005 from http://www.worldwidelearn.com/. 240

PAGE 241

BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH Madeline Ortiz-Rodrguez gradua ted from the University of Puerto Rico, Ro Piedras Campus, in 1977 with a bachelors degree in secondary mathematics education. In 1987, she graduated with a masters degree in educationa l research and evaluation from the same college. In 1990 she completed a second masters degree in secondary mathematics education from the University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA. She has work ed as a mathematics teach er at junior high, high school, and college levels. She has also taught computer science c ourses and educational technology courses at the college level, directed the Center fo r Instructional Design (1994-1998), and served as the chairperson of the Scie nce and Technology Department (1999-2001) at the Inter American University of Puerto Rico, Fajardo Campus. Madeline started her doctoral program in curriculum and instruction with emphasis on Educational Technology in August 2002 at the University of Florida, Gainesville, FL. Throughout her doctoral studies she had the opportunity to participat e in an internship program, visiting and presenting her resear ch at the Institute of Education in London, UK, as well as working and presenting her research at the Univer sity of Barcelona in Spain. She also had the opportunity to publish in collaborati on with her professors in the Quarterly Review of Distance Education (2005). Her research interests include in tegrating technology in teaching and learning practices, the study of social software, math ematics education, and distance education. At present, Madeline continues to teach at the Inter American University of Puerto Rico, Fajardo Campus. 241